src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         attr->DecRef();
  87         attr = other.attr;
  88         attr->IncRef();
  89
  90         return *this;
  91     }
  92
  93     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  94     {
  95         attr->DecRef();
  96     }
  97
  98     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  99     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 100 };
 101
 102 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 103                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 104
 105 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 106
 107 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 108 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 109
 110 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 111 // events
 112 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 113
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 118 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 119 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 120 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 121 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 122 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 123 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 124 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 125 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 126 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 132
 133 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 134 // private classes
 135 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 136
 137 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 138 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 139 {
 140 public:
 141     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 142     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 143                     wxWindowID id,
 144                     const wxPoint& pos,
 145                     const wxSize& size,
 146                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 147                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 148         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 149                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 150                    name)
 151     {
 152         m_owner = owner;
 153     }
 154
 155     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 156
 157     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 158
 159 protected:
 160     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 161
 162     wxGrid *m_owner;
 163
 164     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 165     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 166 };
 167
 168 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 169 {
 170 public:
 171     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 172     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 173                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 174
 175 private:
 176     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 177     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 178     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 179
 180     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 181     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 182     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 183 };
 184
 185
 186 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 187 {
 188 public:
 189     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 190     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 191                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 192
 193 private:
 194     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 195     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 196     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 197
 198     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 199     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 200     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 201 };
 202
 203
 204 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 205 {
 206 public:
 207     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 208     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 209                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 210
 211 private:
 212     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 213     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 214     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 215
 216     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 217     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 218     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 219 };
 220
 221 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 222 {
 223 public:
 224     wxGridWindow()
 225     {
 226         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 227         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 228     }
 229
 230     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 231                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 232                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 233                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 234
 235     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 236
 237     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 238
 239 private:
 240     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 241     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 242
 243     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 244     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 245     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 246     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 247     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 248     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 249     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 250     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 251
 252     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 253     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 254     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 255 };
 256
 257
 258 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 259 {
 260 public:
 261     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 262         : m_grid(grid),
 263           m_editor(editor),
 264           m_inSetFocus(false)
 265     {
 266     }
 267
 268     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 269     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 270     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 271
 272     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 273
 274 private:
 275     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 276     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 277
 278     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 279     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 280     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 281
 282     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 283     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 284     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 285 };
 286
 287
 288 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 289
 290 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 291     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 292     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 293     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 294 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 295
 296
 297 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 298 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 299 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 300
 301 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 302 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 303 {
 304 public:
 305     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 306     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 307     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 308     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 309
 310 private:
 311     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 312     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 313
 314     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 315 };
 316
 317 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 318 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 319 {
 320 public:
 321     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 322     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 323     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 324
 325     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 326     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 327     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 328
 329 private:
 330     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 331     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 332 };
 333
 334 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 335 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 336 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 337 {
 338 public:
 339     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 340     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 341                            m_colAttrs;
 342 };
 343
 344
 345 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 346 // data structures used for the data type registry
 347 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 348
 349 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 350 {
 351     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 352                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 353                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 354         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 355         {}
 356
 357     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 358     {
 359         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 360         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 361     }
 362
 363     wxString            m_typeName;
 364     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 365     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 366
 367     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 368 };
 369
 370
 371 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 372                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 373
 374
 375 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 376 {
 377 public:
 378   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 379     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 380
 381     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 382                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 383                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 384
 385     // find one of already registered data types
 386     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 387
 388     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 389     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 390     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 391
 392     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 393     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 394     // registered data type and set params for it
 395     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 396
 397     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 398     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 399
 400 private:
 401     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 402 };
 403
 404
 405 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 406 // conditional compilation
 407 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 408
 409 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 410 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 411 #endif
 412
 413 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 414 // globals
 415 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 416
 417 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 418 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 419     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 420     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 421 #endif
 422
 423 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 424 // constants
 425 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 426
 427 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 428 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 429
 430 // scroll line size
 431 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 432 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 433 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 434 //
 435 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 436 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 437 //       -- Robin
 438 //
 439 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 440 //       fixing anyhow
 441 //       -- Vadim
 442 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 443 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 444
 445 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 446 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 447 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 448
 449 #if 0
 450 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 451 // private functions
 452 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 453
 454 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 455 {
 456     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457 }
 458
 459 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 460 {
 461     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 462 }
 463 #endif
 464
 465 // ============================================================================
 466 // implementation
 467 // ============================================================================
 468
 469 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 470 // wxGridCellEditor
 471 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 472
 473 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 474 {
 475     m_control = NULL;
 476     m_attr = NULL;
 477 }
 478
 479 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 480 {
 481     Destroy();
 482 }
 483
 484 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 485                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 486                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 487 {
 488     if ( evtHandler )
 489         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 490 }
 491
 492 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 493                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 494 {
 495     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 496     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 497     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 498     if (gridWindow)
 499         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 500
 501     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 502     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 503     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 504
 505     // redraw the control we just painted over
 506     m_control->Refresh();
 507 }
 508
 509 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 510 {
 511     if (m_control)
 512     {
 513         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 514
 515         m_control->Destroy();
 516         m_control = NULL;
 517     }
 518 }
 519
 520 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 521 {
 522     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 523
 524     m_control->Show(show);
 525
 526     if ( show )
 527     {
 528         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 529         if ( attr )
 530         {
 531             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 532             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 533
 534             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 535             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 536
 537 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 538 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 539             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 540             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 541 #endif
 542
 543             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 544             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 545         }
 546     }
 547     else
 548     {
 549         // restore the standard colours fonts
 550         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 551         {
 552             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 553             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 554         }
 555
 556         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 557         {
 558             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 559             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 560         }
 561
 562 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 563 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 564         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 565         {
 566             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 567             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 568         }
 569 #endif
 570     }
 571 }
 572
 573 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 574 {
 575     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 576
 577     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 578 }
 579
 580 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 581 {
 582     event.Skip();
 583 }
 584
 585 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 586 {
 587     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 588     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 589
 590 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 591     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 592     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 593     alt = event.MetaDown();
 594 #endif
 595
 596     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 597     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 598     // through in that case.
 599     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 600         return false;
 601
 602     int key = 0;
 603     bool keyOk = true;
 604
 605 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 606     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 607     // editor.
 608     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 609         return false;
 610 #endif
 611 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 612     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 613     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 614     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 615     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 616     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 617     if (key <= 127)
 618     {
 619         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 620         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 621     }
 622 #else
 623     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 624     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 625 #endif
 626
 627     return keyOk;
 628 }
 629
 630 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 631 {
 632     event.Skip();
 633 }
 634
 635 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 636 {
 637 }
 638
 639 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 640
 641 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 642 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 643 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 644
 645 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 646 {
 647     m_maxChars = 0;
 648 }
 649
 650 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 651                                   wxWindowID id,
 652                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 653 {
 654     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 655 }
 656
 657 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 658                                     wxWindowID id,
 659                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 660                                     long style)
 661 {
 662     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 663              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 664              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 665              wxNO_BORDER;
 666
 667     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 668                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 669                                style);
 670
 671     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 672     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 673     {
 674         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 675     }
 676
 677     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 678 }
 679
 680 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 681                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 682 {
 683     // as we fill the entire client area,
 684     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 685 }
 686
 687 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 688 {
 689     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 690
 691     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 692     //
 693     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 694     //
 695 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 696     if (rect.x != 0)
 697     {
 698         rect.x += 1;
 699         rect.y += 1;
 700         rect.width -= 1;
 701         rect.height -= 1;
 702     }
 703 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 704     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 705         rect.x += 2;
 706     else
 707         rect.x += 3;
 708
 709     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 710         rect.y += 2;
 711     else
 712         rect.y += 3;
 713
 714     rect.width -= 2;
 715     rect.height -= 2;
 716 #else
 717     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 718     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 719
 720     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 721         extra_x *= 2;
 722         extra_y *= 2;
 723     #endif
 724
 725     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 726     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 727     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 728     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 729 #endif
 730
 731     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 732 }
 733
 734 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 735 {
 736     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 737
 738     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 739
 740     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 741 }
 742
 743 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 744 {
 745     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 746     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 747     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 748     Text()->SetFocus();
 749 }
 750
 751 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 752 {
 753     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 754
 755     bool changed = false;
 756     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 757     if (value != m_startValue)
 758         changed = true;
 759
 760     if (changed)
 761         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 762
 763     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 764
 765     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 766     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 767
 768     return changed;
 769 }
 770
 771 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 772 {
 773     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 774
 775     DoReset(m_startValue);
 776 }
 777
 778 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 779 {
 780     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 781     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 782 }
 783
 784 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 785 {
 786     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 787 }
 788
 789 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 790 {
 791     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 792     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 793     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 794     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 795
 796     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 797     wxChar ch;
 798     long pos;
 799
 800 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 801     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 802     if (ch <= 127)
 803         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 804 #else
 805     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 806 #endif
 807
 808     switch (ch)
 809     {
 810         case WXK_DELETE:
 811             // delete the character at the cursor
 812             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 813             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 814                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 815             break;
 816
 817         case WXK_BACK:
 818             // delete the character before the cursor
 819             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 820             if (pos > 0)
 821                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 822             break;
 823
 824         default:
 825             tc->WriteText(ch);
 826             break;
 827     }
 828 }
 829
 830 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 831                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 832 {
 833 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 834     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 835     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 836     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 837     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 838     Text()->SetValue(s);
 839     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 840 #else
 841     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 842     //
 843     event.Skip();
 844 #endif
 845 }
 846
 847 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 848 {
 849     if ( !params )
 850     {
 851         // reset to default
 852         m_maxChars = 0;
 853     }
 854     else
 855     {
 856         long tmp;
 857         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 858         {
 859             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 860         }
 861         else
 862         {
 863             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 864         }
 865     }
 866 }
 867
 868 // return the value in the text control
 869 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 870 {
 871     return Text()->GetValue();
 872 }
 873
 874 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 875 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 876 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 877
 878 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 879 {
 880     m_min = min;
 881     m_max = max;
 882 }
 883
 884 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 885                                     wxWindowID id,
 886                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 887 {
 888 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 889     if ( HasRange() )
 890     {
 891         // create a spin ctrl
 892         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 893                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 894                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 895                                    m_min, m_max);
 896
 897         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 898     }
 899     else
 900 #endif
 901     {
 902         // just a text control
 903         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 904
 905 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 906         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 907 #endif
 908     }
 909 }
 910
 911 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 912 {
 913     // first get the value
 914     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 915     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 916     {
 917         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 918     }
 919     else
 920     {
 921         m_valueOld = 0;
 922         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 923         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 924         {
 925             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 926             return;
 927         }
 928     }
 929
 930 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 931     if ( HasRange() )
 932     {
 933         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 934         Spin()->SetFocus();
 935     }
 936     else
 937 #endif
 938     {
 939         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 940     }
 941 }
 942
 943 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 944                                      wxGrid* grid)
 945 {
 946     bool changed;
 947     long value = 0;
 948     wxString text;
 949
 950 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 951     if ( HasRange() )
 952     {
 953         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 954         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 955         if (changed)
 956             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 957     }
 958     else
 959 #endif
 960     {
 961         text = Text()->GetValue();
 962         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 963     }
 964
 965     if ( changed )
 966     {
 967         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 968             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 969         else
 970             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 971     }
 972
 973     return changed;
 974 }
 975
 976 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 977 {
 978 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 979     if ( HasRange() )
 980     {
 981         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 982     }
 983     else
 984 #endif
 985     {
 986         DoReset(GetString());
 987     }
 988 }
 989
 990 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 991 {
 992     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 993     {
 994         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 995         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 996              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 997         {
 998             return true;
 999         }
1000     }
1001
1002     return false;
1003 }
1004
1005 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1006 {
1007     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1008     if ( !HasRange() )
1009     {
1010         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1011         {
1012             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1013
1014             // skip Skip() below
1015             return;
1016         }
1017     }
1018 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1019     else
1020     {
1021         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1022         {
1023             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1024             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1025             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1026             return;
1027         }
1028     }
1029 #endif
1030
1031     event.Skip();
1032 }
1033
1034 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1035 {
1036     if ( !params )
1037     {
1038         // reset to default
1039         m_min =
1040         m_max = -1;
1041     }
1042     else
1043     {
1044         long tmp;
1045         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1046         {
1047             m_min = (int)tmp;
1048
1049             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1050             {
1051                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1052
1053                 // skip the error message below
1054                 return;
1055             }
1056         }
1057
1058         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1059     }
1060 }
1061
1062 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1063 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1064 {
1065     wxString s;
1066
1067 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1068     if ( HasRange() )
1069     {
1070         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1071         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1072     }
1073     else
1074 #endif
1075     {
1076         s = Text()->GetValue();
1077     }
1078
1079     return s;
1080 }
1081
1082 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1083 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1084 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1085
1086 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1087 {
1088     m_width = width;
1089     m_precision = precision;
1090 }
1091
1092 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1093                                    wxWindowID id,
1094                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1095 {
1096     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1097
1098 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1099     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1100 #endif
1101 }
1102
1103 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1104 {
1105     // first get the value
1106     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1107     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1108     {
1109         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1110     }
1111     else
1112     {
1113         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1114         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1115         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1116         {
1117             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1118             return;
1119         }
1120     }
1121
1122     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1123 }
1124
1125 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1126                                      wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     double value = 0.0;
1129     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1130
1131     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1132             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1133     {
1134         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1135             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1136         else
1137             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1138
1139         return true;
1140     }
1141
1142     return false;
1143 }
1144
1145 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1146 {
1147     DoReset(GetString());
1148 }
1149
1150 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1151 {
1152     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1153     char tmpbuf[2];
1154     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1155     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1156     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1157
1158 #if wxUSE_INTL
1159     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1160        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1161 #else
1162     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1163 #endif
1164
1165     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1166          || is_decimal_point )
1167     {
1168         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1169
1170         // skip Skip() below
1171         return;
1172     }
1173
1174     event.Skip();
1175 }
1176
1177 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1178 {
1179     if ( !params )
1180     {
1181         // reset to default
1182         m_width =
1183         m_precision = -1;
1184     }
1185     else
1186     {
1187         long tmp;
1188         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1189         {
1190             m_width = (int)tmp;
1191
1192             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1193             {
1194                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1195
1196                 // skip the error message below
1197                 return;
1198             }
1199         }
1200
1201         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1202     }
1203 }
1204
1205 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1206 {
1207     wxString fmt;
1208     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1209     {
1210         // default precision
1211         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1212     }
1213     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1214     {
1215         // default width
1216         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1217     }
1218     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1219     {
1220         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1221     }
1222     else
1223     {
1224         // default width/precision
1225         fmt = _T("%f");
1226     }
1227
1228     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1229 }
1230
1231 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1232 {
1233     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1234     {
1235         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1236         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1237         {
1238             char tmpbuf[2];
1239             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1240             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1241             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1242
1243 #if wxUSE_INTL
1244             const wxString decimalPoint =
1245                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1246 #else
1247             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1248 #endif
1249
1250             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1251             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1252                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1253                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1254                             keycode == '+' ||
1255                                 keycode == '-' )
1256             {
1257                 return true;
1258             }
1259         }
1260     }
1261
1262     return false;
1263 }
1264
1265 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1266
1267 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1268
1269 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1270 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1271 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1272
1273 // the default values for GetValue()
1274 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1275
1276 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1277                                   wxWindowID id,
1278                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1279 {
1280     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1281                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1282                                wxNO_BORDER);
1283
1284     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1285 }
1286
1287 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1288 {
1289     bool resize = false;
1290     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1291     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1292
1293     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1294     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1295     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1296     {
1297         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1298         size = sizeBest;
1299
1300         resize = true;
1301     }
1302
1303     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1304     {
1305         // leave 1 pixel margin
1306         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1307
1308         resize = true;
1309     }
1310
1311     if ( resize )
1312     {
1313         m_control->SetSize(size);
1314     }
1315
1316     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1317
1318 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1319     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1320     // so shift it to the right
1321     size.x -= 8;
1322 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1323     // here too, but in other way
1324     size.x += 1;
1325     size.y -= 2;
1326 #endif
1327
1328     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1329     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1330     if (GetCellAttr())
1331         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1332
1333     int x = 0, y = 0;
1334     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1335     {
1336         x = r.x + 2;
1337
1338 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1339         x += 2;
1340 #endif
1341
1342         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1343     }
1344     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1345     {
1346         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1347         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1348     }
1349     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1350     {
1351         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1352         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1353     }
1354
1355     m_control->Move(x, y);
1356 }
1357
1358 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1359 {
1360     m_control->Show(show);
1361
1362     if ( show )
1363     {
1364         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1365         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1366     }
1367 }
1368
1369 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1370 {
1371     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1372                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1373
1374     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1375     {
1376         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1377     }
1378     else
1379     {
1380         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1381
1382         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1383             m_startValue = false;
1384         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1385             m_startValue = true;
1386         else
1387         {
1388             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1389             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1390             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1391             // know about it
1392             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1393         }
1394     }
1395
1396     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1397     CBox()->SetFocus();
1398 }
1399
1400 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1401                                    wxGrid* grid)
1402 {
1403     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1404                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1405
1406     bool changed = false;
1407     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1408     if ( value != m_startValue )
1409         changed = true;
1410
1411     if ( changed )
1412     {
1413         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1414         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1415             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1416         else
1417             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1418     }
1419
1420     return changed;
1421 }
1422
1423 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1424 {
1425     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1426                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1427
1428     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1429 }
1430
1431 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1432 {
1433     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1434 }
1435
1436 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1437 {
1438     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1439     {
1440         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1441         switch ( keycode )
1442         {
1443             case WXK_SPACE:
1444             case '+':
1445             case '-':
1446                 return true;
1447         }
1448     }
1449
1450     return false;
1451 }
1452
1453 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1454 {
1455     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1456     switch ( keycode )
1457     {
1458         case WXK_SPACE:
1459             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1460             break;
1461
1462         case '+':
1463             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1464             break;
1465
1466         case '-':
1467             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1468             break;
1469     }
1470 }
1471
1472 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1473 {
1474   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1475 }
1476
1477 /* static */ void
1478 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1479                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1480 {
1481     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1482     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* static */ bool
1486 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1487 {
1488     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1489 }
1490
1491 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1492
1493 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1494
1495 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1496 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1497 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1498
1499 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1500                                                bool allowOthers)
1501     : m_choices(choices),
1502       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1503
1504 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1505                                                const wxString choices[],
1506                                                bool allowOthers)
1507                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1508 {
1509     if ( count )
1510     {
1511         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1512         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1513         {
1514             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1515         }
1516     }
1517 }
1518
1519 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1520 {
1521     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1522     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1523     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1524
1525     return editor;
1526 }
1527
1528 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1529                                     wxWindowID id,
1530                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1531 {
1532     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1533                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1534                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1535
1536     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1537         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1538     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1539                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1540                                m_choices,
1541                                style);
1542
1543     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1544 }
1545
1546 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1547                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1548 {
1549     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1550     // flicker
1551
1552     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1553     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1554     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1555     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1556 }
1557
1558 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1559 {
1560     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1561                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1562
1563     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1564     if (m_control)
1565         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1566
1567     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1568     if (evtHandler)
1569         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1570
1571     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1572
1573     if (m_allowOthers)
1574     {
1575         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1576         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1577     }
1578     else // the combobox is read-only
1579     {
1580         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1581         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1582         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1583             pos = 0;
1584         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1585     }
1586
1587     Combo()->SetFocus();
1588
1589     if (evtHandler)
1590     {
1591         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1592         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1593 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1594         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1595 #endif
1596     }
1597 }
1598
1599 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1600                                      wxGrid* grid)
1601 {
1602     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1603     if ( value == m_startValue )
1604         return false;
1605
1606     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1607
1608     return true;
1609 }
1610
1611 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1612 {
1613     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1614     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1615 }
1616
1617 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1618 {
1619     if ( !params )
1620     {
1621         // what can we do?
1622         return;
1623     }
1624
1625     m_choices.Empty();
1626
1627     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1628     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1629     {
1630         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1631     }
1632 }
1633
1634 // return the value in the text control
1635 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1636 {
1637   return Combo()->GetValue();
1638 }
1639
1640 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1641
1642 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1643 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1645
1646 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1647 {
1648     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1649     if (m_inSetFocus)
1650         return;
1651
1652     // accept changes
1653     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1654
1655     event.Skip();
1656 }
1657
1658 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1659 {
1660     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1661     {
1662         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1663             m_editor->Reset();
1664             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1665             break;
1666
1667         case WXK_TAB:
1668             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1669             break;
1670
1671         case WXK_RETURN:
1672         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1673             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1674                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1675             break;
1676
1677         default:
1678             event.Skip();
1679             break;
1680     }
1681 }
1682
1683 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1684 {
1685     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1686     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1687     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1688     int cw, ch;
1689     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1690
1691     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1692     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1693
1694     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1695     {
1696         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1697         case WXK_TAB:
1698         case WXK_RETURN:
1699         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1700             break;
1701
1702         case WXK_HOME:
1703         {
1704             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1705             {
1706                 // no special processing needed...
1707                 event.Skip();
1708                 break;
1709             }
1710
1711             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1712
1713             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1714             int colXPos = 0;
1715             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1716             {
1717                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1718             }
1719
1720             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1721             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1722             if (col != 0)
1723             {
1724                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1725             }
1726             else
1727             {
1728                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1729             }
1730             event.Skip();
1731             break;
1732         }
1733
1734         case WXK_END:
1735         {
1736             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1737             {
1738                 // no special processing needed...
1739                 event.Skip();
1740                 break;
1741             }
1742
1743             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1744
1745             int textWidth = 0;
1746             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1747             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1748             {
1749                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1750                 int y;
1751                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1752                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1753
1754                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1755                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1756
1757                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1758                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1759                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1760                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1761                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1762                 {
1763                     textWidth = 0;
1764                 }
1765             }
1766
1767             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1768             int colXPos = 0;
1769             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1770             {
1771                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1772             }
1773
1774             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1775             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1776             colXPos += textWidth;
1777
1778             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1779             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1780             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1781             event.Skip();
1782             break;
1783         }
1784
1785         default:
1786             event.Skip();
1787             break;
1788     }
1789 }
1790
1791 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1792 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1793 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1794 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1795
1796 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1797 {
1798     // nothing to do
1799 }
1800
1801 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1802 {
1803 }
1804
1805 // ============================================================================
1806 // renderer classes
1807 // ============================================================================
1808
1809 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1810 // wxGridCellRenderer
1811 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1812
1813 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1814                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1815                               wxDC& dc,
1816                               const wxRect& rect,
1817                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1818                               bool isSelected)
1819 {
1820     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1821
1822     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1823     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1824     {
1825         if ( isSelected )
1826         {
1827             wxColour clr;
1828             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1829                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1830             else
1831                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1832             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1833         }
1834         else
1835         {
1836             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1837         }
1838     }
1839     else
1840     {
1841         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1842     }
1843
1844     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1845     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1846 }
1847
1848 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1849 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1850 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1851
1852 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1853                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1854                                                      wxDC& dc,
1855                                                      bool isSelected)
1856 {
1857     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1858
1859     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1860
1861     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1862     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1863     {
1864         if ( isSelected )
1865         {
1866             wxColour clr;
1867             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1868                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1869             else
1870                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1871             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1872             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1877             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1878         }
1879     }
1880     else
1881     {
1882         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1883         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1884     }
1885
1886     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1887 }
1888
1889 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1890                                                wxDC& dc,
1891                                                const wxString& text)
1892 {
1893     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1894     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1895     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1896     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1897     {
1898         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1899         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1900     }
1901
1902     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1903
1904     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1905 }
1906
1907 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1908                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1909                                              wxDC& dc,
1910                                              int row, int col)
1911 {
1912     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1913 }
1914
1915 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1916                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1917                                     wxDC& dc,
1918                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1919                                     int row, int col,
1920                                     bool isSelected)
1921 {
1922     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1923     rect.Inflate(-1);
1924
1925     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1926     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1927
1928     int hAlign, vAlign;
1929     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1930
1931     int overflowCols = 0;
1932
1933     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1934     {
1935         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1936         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1937         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1938         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1939         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1940         {
1941             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1942             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1943             {
1944                 bool is_empty = true;
1945                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1946                 {
1947                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1948                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1949                     if (c_rows > 0)
1950                         c_rows = 0;
1951                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1952                     {
1953                         is_empty = false;
1954                         break;
1955                     }
1956                 }
1957
1958                 if (is_empty)
1959                 {
1960                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1961                 }
1962                 else
1963                 {
1964                     i--;
1965                     break;
1966                 }
1967
1968                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1969                     break;
1970             }
1971
1972             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1973             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1974                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1975         }
1976
1977         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1978         {
1979             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1980             wxRect clip = rect;
1981             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1982             // draw each overflow cell individually
1983             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1984             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1985                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1986             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1987             {
1988                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1989                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1990                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1991
1992                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1993                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1994
1995                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1996                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1997                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1998             }
1999
2000             rect = rectCell;
2001             rect.Inflate(-1);
2002             rect.width++;
2003             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2004         }
2005     }
2006
2007     // now we only have to draw the text
2008     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2009
2010     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2011                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2012 }
2013
2014 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2015 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2016 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2017
2018 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2019 {
2020     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2021     wxString text;
2022     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2023     {
2024         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2025     }
2026     else
2027     {
2028         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2029     }
2030
2031     return text;
2032 }
2033
2034 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2035                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2036                                     wxDC& dc,
2037                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2038                                     int row, int col,
2039                                     bool isSelected)
2040 {
2041     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2042
2043     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2044
2045     // draw the text right aligned by default
2046     int hAlign, vAlign;
2047     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2048     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2049
2050     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2051     rect.Inflate(-1);
2052
2053     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2054 }
2055
2056 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2057                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2058                                              wxDC& dc,
2059                                              int row, int col)
2060 {
2061     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2062 }
2063
2064 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2065 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2066 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2067
2068 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2069 {
2070     SetWidth(width);
2071     SetPrecision(precision);
2072 }
2073
2074 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2075 {
2076     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2077     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2078     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2079     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2080
2081     return renderer;
2082 }
2083
2084 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2085 {
2086     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2087
2088     bool hasDouble;
2089     double val;
2090     wxString text;
2091     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2092     {
2093         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2094         hasDouble = true;
2095     }
2096     else
2097     {
2098         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2099         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2100     }
2101
2102     if ( hasDouble )
2103     {
2104         if ( !m_format )
2105         {
2106             if ( m_width == -1 )
2107             {
2108                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2109                 {
2110                     // default width/precision
2111                     m_format = _T("%f");
2112                 }
2113                 else
2114                 {
2115                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2116                 }
2117             }
2118             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2119             {
2120                 // default precision
2121                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2122             }
2123             else
2124             {
2125                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2126             }
2127         }
2128
2129         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2130
2131     }
2132     //else: text already contains the string
2133
2134     return text;
2135 }
2136
2137 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2138                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2139                                    wxDC& dc,
2140                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2141                                    int row, int col,
2142                                    bool isSelected)
2143 {
2144     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2145
2146     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2147
2148     // draw the text right aligned by default
2149     int hAlign, vAlign;
2150     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2151     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2152
2153     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2154     rect.Inflate(-1);
2155
2156     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2157 }
2158
2159 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2160                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2161                                             wxDC& dc,
2162                                             int row, int col)
2163 {
2164     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2165 }
2166
2167 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2168 {
2169     if ( !params )
2170     {
2171         // reset to defaults
2172         SetWidth(-1);
2173         SetPrecision(-1);
2174     }
2175     else
2176     {
2177         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2178         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2179         {
2180             long width;
2181             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2182             {
2183                 SetWidth((int)width);
2184             }
2185             else
2186             {
2187                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2188             }
2189         }
2190
2191         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2192         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2193         {
2194             long precision;
2195             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2196             {
2197                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2198             }
2199             else
2200             {
2201                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2202             }
2203         }
2204     }
2205 }
2206
2207 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2208 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2209 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2210
2211 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2212
2213 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2214
2215 // between checkmark and box
2216 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2217
2218 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2219                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2220                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2221                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2222                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2223 {
2224     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2225     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2226     {
2227         // get checkbox size
2228         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2229         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2230         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2231
2232 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2233         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2234 #endif
2235
2236         delete checkbox;
2237
2238         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2239     }
2240
2241     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2242 }
2243
2244 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2245                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2246                                   wxDC& dc,
2247                                   const wxRect& rect,
2248                                   int row, int col,
2249                                   bool isSelected)
2250 {
2251     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2252
2253     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2254     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2255
2256     // don't draw outside the cell
2257     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2258     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2259     {
2260         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2261         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2262     }
2263
2264     // draw a border around checkmark
2265     int vAlign, hAlign;
2266     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2267
2268     wxRect rectBorder;
2269     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2270     {
2271         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2272         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2273         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2274         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2275     }
2276     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2277     {
2278         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2279         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2280         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2281         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2282     }
2283     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2284     {
2285         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2286         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2287         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2288         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2289     }
2290
2291     bool value;
2292     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2293     {
2294         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2295     }
2296     else
2297     {
2298         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2299         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2300     }
2301
2302     int flags = 0;
2303     if (value)
2304         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2305
2306     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2307 }
2308
2309 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2310 // wxGridCellAttr
2311 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2312
2313 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2314 {
2315     m_nRef = 1;
2316
2317     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2318
2319     m_renderer = NULL;
2320     m_editor = NULL;
2321
2322     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2323
2324     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2325     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2326
2327     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2328 }
2329
2330 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2331 {
2332     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2333
2334     if ( HasTextColour() )
2335         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2336     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2337         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2338     if ( HasFont() )
2339         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2340     if ( HasAlignment() )
2341         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2342
2343     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2344
2345     if ( m_renderer )
2346     {
2347         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2348         m_renderer->IncRef();
2349     }
2350     if ( m_editor )
2351     {
2352         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2353         m_editor->IncRef();
2354     }
2355
2356     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2357         attr->SetReadOnly();
2358
2359     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2360     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2361
2362     return attr;
2363 }
2364
2365 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2366 {
2367     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2368         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2369     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2370         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2371     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2372         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2373     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2374     {
2375         int hAlign, vAlign;
2376         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2377         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2378     }
2379     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2380         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2381
2382     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2383     // m_renderer/m_editor
2384     //
2385     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2386     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2387     {
2388         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2389         m_renderer->IncRef();
2390     }
2391     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2392     {
2393         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2394         m_editor->IncRef();
2395     }
2396     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2397         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2398
2399     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2400         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2401
2402     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2406 {
2407     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2408
2409     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2410     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2411     // set to negative or zero values such that
2412     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2413     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2414
2415     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2416
2417     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2418                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2419                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2420                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2421
2422     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2423     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2424 }
2425
2426 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2427 {
2428     if (HasTextColour())
2429     {
2430         return m_colText;
2431     }
2432     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2433     {
2434         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2435     }
2436     else
2437     {
2438         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2439         return wxNullColour;
2440     }
2441 }
2442
2443 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2444 {
2445     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2446     {
2447         return m_colBack;
2448     }
2449     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2450     {
2451         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2452     }
2453     else
2454     {
2455         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2456         return wxNullColour;
2457     }
2458 }
2459
2460 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2461 {
2462     if (HasFont())
2463     {
2464         return m_font;
2465     }
2466     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2467     {
2468         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2469     }
2470     else
2471     {
2472         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2473         return wxNullFont;
2474     }
2475 }
2476
2477 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2478 {
2479     if (HasAlignment())
2480     {
2481         if ( hAlign )
2482             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2483         if ( vAlign )
2484             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2485     }
2486     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2487     {
2488         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2489     }
2490     else
2491     {
2492         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2493     }
2494 }
2495
2496 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2497 {
2498     if ( num_rows )
2499         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2500     if ( num_cols )
2501         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2502 }
2503
2504 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2505 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2506 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2507 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2508 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2509 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2510
2511 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2512 {
2513     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2514
2515     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2516     {
2517         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2518         renderer = m_renderer;
2519         renderer->IncRef();
2520     }
2521     else // no non-default cell renderer
2522     {
2523         // get default renderer for the data type
2524         if ( grid )
2525         {
2526             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2527             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2528         }
2529
2530         if ( renderer == NULL )
2531         {
2532             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2533             {
2534                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2535                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2536                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2537             }
2538             else // default grid attr
2539             {
2540                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2541                 renderer = m_renderer;
2542                 if ( renderer )
2543                     renderer->IncRef();
2544             }
2545         }
2546     }
2547
2548     // we're supposed to always find something
2549     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2550
2551     return renderer;
2552 }
2553
2554 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2555 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2556 {
2557     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2558
2559     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2560     {
2561         // use the cells editor if it has one
2562         editor = m_editor;
2563         editor->IncRef();
2564     }
2565     else // no non default cell editor
2566     {
2567         // get default editor for the data type
2568         if ( grid )
2569         {
2570             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2571             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2572         }
2573
2574         if ( editor == NULL )
2575         {
2576             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2577             {
2578                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2579                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2580                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2581             }
2582             else // default grid attr
2583             {
2584                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2585                 editor = m_editor;
2586                 if ( editor )
2587                     editor->IncRef();
2588             }
2589         }
2590     }
2591
2592     // we're supposed to always find something
2593     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2594
2595     return editor;
2596 }
2597
2598 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2599 // wxGridCellAttrData
2600 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2601
2602 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2603 {
2604     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2605     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2606     {
2607         if ( attr )
2608         {
2609             // add the attribute
2610             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2611         }
2612         //else: nothing to do
2613     }
2614     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2615     {
2616         if ( attr )
2617         {
2618             // change the attribute
2619             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2620         }
2621         else
2622         {
2623             // remove this attribute
2624             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2625         }
2626     }
2627 }
2628
2629 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2630 {
2631     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2632
2633     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2634     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2635     {
2636         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2637         attr->IncRef();
2638     }
2639
2640     return attr;
2641 }
2642
2643 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2644 {
2645     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2646     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2647     {
2648         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2649         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2650         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2651         {
2652             if (numRows > 0)
2653             {
2654                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2655                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2656             }
2657             else if (numRows < 0)
2658             {
2659                 // If rows deleted ...
2660                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2661                 {
2662                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2663                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2664                 }
2665                 else
2666                 {
2667                     // ...or remove the attribute
2668                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2669                     n--;
2670                     count--;
2671                 }
2672             }
2673         }
2674     }
2675 }
2676
2677 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2678 {
2679     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2680     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2681     {
2682         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2683         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2684         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2685         {
2686             if ( numCols > 0 )
2687             {
2688                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2689                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2690             }
2691             else if (numCols < 0)
2692             {
2693                 // If rows deleted ...
2694                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2695                 {
2696                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2697                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2698                 }
2699                 else
2700                 {
2701                     // ...or remove the attribute
2702                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2703                     n--;
2704                     count--;
2705                 }
2706             }
2707         }
2708     }
2709 }
2710
2711 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2712 {
2713     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2714     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2715     {
2716         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2717         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2718         {
2719             return n;
2720         }
2721     }
2722
2723     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2724 }
2725
2726 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2727 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2728 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2729
2730 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2731 {
2732     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2733     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2734     {
2735         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2736     }
2737 }
2738
2739 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2740 {
2741     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2742
2743     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2744     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2745     {
2746         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2747         attr->IncRef();
2748     }
2749
2750     return attr;
2751 }
2752
2753 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2754 {
2755     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2756     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2757     {
2758         if ( attr )
2759         {
2760             // add the attribute
2761             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2762             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2763         }
2764         // nothing to remove
2765     }
2766     else
2767     {
2768         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2769         if ( attr )
2770         {
2771             // change the attribute
2772             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2773             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2774         }
2775         else
2776         {
2777             // remove this attribute
2778             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2780             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2781         }
2782     }
2783 }
2784
2785 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2786 {
2787     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2788     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2789     {
2790         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2791         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2792         {
2793             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2794             {
2795                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2796                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2797             }
2798             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2799             {
2800                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2801                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2802                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2803                 else
2804                 {
2805                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2806                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2807                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2808                     n--;
2809                     count--;
2810                 }
2811             }
2812         }
2813     }
2814 }
2815
2816 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2817 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2818 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2819
2820 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2821 {
2822     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2823 }
2824
2825 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2826 {
2827     delete m_data;
2828 }
2829
2830 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2831 {
2832     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2833 }
2834
2835 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2836                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2837 {
2838     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2839     if ( m_data )
2840     {
2841         switch (kind)
2842         {
2843             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2844                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2845                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2846                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2847                 if (!attr)
2848                 {
2849                     // Basically implement old version.
2850                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2851                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2852                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2853                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2854
2855                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2856                     {
2857                         // Two or more are non NULL
2858                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2859                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2860
2861                         // Order is important..
2862                         if (attrcell)
2863                         {
2864                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2865                             attrcell->DecRef();
2866                         }
2867                         if (attrcol)
2868                         {
2869                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2870                             attrcol->DecRef();
2871                         }
2872                         if (attrrow)
2873                         {
2874                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2875                             attrrow->DecRef();
2876                         }
2877
2878                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2879                         //attr->IncRef();
2880                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2881                     }
2882                     else
2883                     {
2884                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2885                         if (attrrow)
2886                             attr = attrrow;
2887                         if (attrcol)
2888                         {
2889                             if (attr)
2890                                 attr->DecRef();
2891                             attr = attrcol;
2892                         }
2893                         if (attrcell)
2894                         {
2895                             if (attr)
2896                                 attr->DecRef();
2897                             attr = attrcell;
2898                         }
2899                     }
2900                 }
2901                 break;
2902
2903             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2904                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2905                 break;
2906
2907             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2908                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2909                 break;
2910
2911             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2912                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2913                 break;
2914
2915             default:
2916                 // unused as yet...
2917                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2918                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2919                 break;
2920         }
2921     }
2922
2923     return attr;
2924 }
2925
2926 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2927                                      int row, int col)
2928 {
2929     if ( !m_data )
2930         InitData();
2931
2932     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2933 }
2934
2935 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2936 {
2937     if ( !m_data )
2938         InitData();
2939
2940     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2941 }
2942
2943 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2944 {
2945     if ( !m_data )
2946         InitData();
2947
2948     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2949 }
2950
2951 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2952 {
2953     if ( m_data )
2954     {
2955         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2956
2957         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2958     }
2959 }
2960
2961 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2962 {
2963     if ( m_data )
2964     {
2965         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2966
2967         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2968     }
2969 }
2970
2971 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2972 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2973 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2974
2975 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2976 {
2977     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2978     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2979         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2980 }
2981
2982 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2983                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2984                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2985 {
2986     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2987
2988     // is it already registered?
2989     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2990     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2991     {
2992         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2993         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2994     }
2995     else
2996     {
2997         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2998     }
2999 }
3000
3001 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3002 {
3003     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3004     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3005     {
3006         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3007         {
3008             return i;
3009         }
3010     }
3011
3012     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3013 }
3014
3015 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3016 {
3017     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3018     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3019     {
3020         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3021         // register it "on the fly"
3022 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3023         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3024         {
3025             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3026                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3027                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3028         }
3029         else
3030 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3031 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3032         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3033         {
3034             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3035                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3036                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3037         }
3038         else
3039 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3040 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3041         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3042         {
3043             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3044                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3045                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3046         }
3047         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3048         {
3049             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3050                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3051                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3052         }
3053         else
3054 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3055 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3056         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3057         {
3058             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3059                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3060                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3061         }
3062         else
3063 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3064         {
3065             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3066         }
3067
3068         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3069         // the last index
3070         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3071     }
3072
3073     return index;
3074 }
3075
3076 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3077 {
3078     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3079     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3080     {
3081         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3082         // are the parameters for the renderer
3083         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3084         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3085         {
3086             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3087         }
3088
3089         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3090         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3091         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3092         rendererOld->DecRef();
3093
3094         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3095         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3096         editor = editor->Clone();
3097         editorOld->DecRef();
3098
3099         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3100         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3101         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3102         editor->SetParameters(params);
3103
3104         // register the new typename
3105         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3106
3107         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3108         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3109     }
3110
3111     return index;
3112 }
3113
3114 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3115 {
3116     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3117     if (renderer)
3118         renderer->IncRef();
3119
3120     return renderer;
3121 }
3122
3123 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3124 {
3125     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3126     if (editor)
3127         editor->IncRef();
3128
3129     return editor;
3130 }
3131
3132 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3133 // wxGridTableBase
3134 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3135
3136 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3137
3138 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3139 {
3140     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3141     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3142 }
3143
3144 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3145 {
3146     delete m_attrProvider;
3147 }
3148
3149 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3150 {
3151     delete m_attrProvider;
3152     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3153 }
3154
3155 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3156 {
3157     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3158     {
3159         // use the default attr provider by default
3160         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3161     }
3162
3163     return true;
3164 }
3165
3166 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3167 {
3168     if ( m_attrProvider )
3169         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3170     else
3171         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3172 }
3173
3174 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3175 {
3176     if ( m_attrProvider )
3177     {
3178         if ( attr )
3179             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3180         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3181     }
3182     else
3183     {
3184         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3185         // free it now
3186         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3187     }
3188 }
3189
3190 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3191 {
3192     if ( m_attrProvider )
3193     {
3194         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3195         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3196     }
3197     else
3198     {
3199         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3200         // free it now
3201         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3202     }
3203 }
3204
3205 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3206 {
3207     if ( m_attrProvider )
3208     {
3209         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3210         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3211     }
3212     else
3213     {
3214         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3215         // free it now
3216         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3217     }
3218 }
3219
3220 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3221                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3222 {
3223     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3224
3225     return false;
3226 }
3227
3228 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3229 {
3230     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3231
3232     return false;
3233 }
3234
3235 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3236                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3237 {
3238     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3239
3240     return false;
3241 }
3242
3243 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3244                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3245 {
3246     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3247
3248     return false;
3249 }
3250
3251 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3252 {
3253     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3254
3255     return false;
3256 }
3257
3258 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3259                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3260 {
3261     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3262
3263     return false;
3264 }
3265
3266 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3267 {
3268     wxString s;
3269
3270     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3271     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3272     s << row + 1;
3273
3274     return s;
3275 }
3276
3277 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3278 {
3279     // default col labels are:
3280     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3281     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3282     //   etc.
3283
3284     wxString s;
3285     unsigned int i, n;
3286     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3287     {
3288         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3289         col = col / 26 - 1;
3290         if ( col < 0 )
3291             break;
3292     }
3293
3294     // reverse the string...
3295     wxString s2;
3296     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3297     {
3298         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3299     }
3300
3301     return s2;
3302 }
3303
3304 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3305 {
3306     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3307 }
3308
3309 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3310                                      const wxString& typeName )
3311 {
3312     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3313 }
3314
3315 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3316 {
3317     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3318 }
3319
3320 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3321 {
3322     return 0;
3323 }
3324
3325 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3326 {
3327     return 0.0;
3328 }
3329
3330 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3331 {
3332     return false;
3333 }
3334
3335 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3336                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3337 {
3338 }
3339
3340 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3341                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3342 {
3343 }
3344
3345 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3346                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3347 {
3348 }
3349
3350 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3351                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3352 {
3353     return NULL;
3354 }
3355
3356 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3357                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3358                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3359 {
3360 }
3361
3362 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3363 //
3364 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3365 // to the grid view
3366 //
3367
3368 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3369 {
3370     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3371     m_id = -1;
3372     m_comInt1 = -1;
3373     m_comInt2 = -1;
3374 }
3375
3376 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3377                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3378 {
3379     m_table = table;
3380     m_id = id;
3381     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3382     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3383 }
3384
3385 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3386 //
3387 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3388 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3389 //
3390
3391 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3392
3393 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3394
3395 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3396         : wxGridTableBase()
3397 {
3398 }
3399
3400 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3401         : wxGridTableBase()
3402 {
3403     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3404
3405     wxArrayString sa;
3406     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3407     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3408
3409     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3410 }
3411
3412 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3413 {
3414 }
3415
3416 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3417 {
3418     return m_data.GetCount();
3419 }
3420
3421 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3422 {
3423     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3424         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3425     else
3426         return 0;
3427 }
3428
3429 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3430 {
3431     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3432                  wxEmptyString,
3433                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3434
3435     return m_data[row][col];
3436 }
3437
3438 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3439 {
3440     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3441                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3442
3443     m_data[row][col] = value;
3444 }
3445
3446 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3447 {
3448     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3449                  true,
3450                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3451
3452     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3453 }
3454
3455 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3456 {
3457     int row, col;
3458     int numRows, numCols;
3459
3460     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3461     if ( numRows > 0 )
3462     {
3463         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3464
3465         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3466         {
3467             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3468             {
3469                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3470             }
3471         }
3472     }
3473 }
3474
3475 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3476 {
3477     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3478     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3479                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3480
3481     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3482     {
3483         return AppendRows( numRows );
3484     }
3485
3486     wxArrayString sa;
3487     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3488     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3489     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3490
3491     if ( GetView() )
3492     {
3493         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3494                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3495                                 pos,
3496                                 numRows );
3497
3498         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3499     }
3500
3501     return true;
3502 }
3503
3504 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3505 {
3506     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3507     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3508                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3509                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3510
3511     wxArrayString sa;
3512     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3513     {
3514         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3515         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3516     }
3517
3518     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3519
3520     if ( GetView() )
3521     {
3522         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3523                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3524                                 numRows );
3525
3526         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3527     }
3528
3529     return true;
3530 }
3531
3532 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3533 {
3534     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3535
3536     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3537     {
3538         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3539                     (
3540                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3541                         (unsigned long)pos,
3542                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3543                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3544                     ) );
3545
3546         return false;
3547     }
3548
3549     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3550     {
3551         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3552     }
3553
3554     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3555     {
3556         m_data.Clear();
3557     }
3558     else
3559     {
3560         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3561     }
3562
3563     if ( GetView() )
3564     {
3565         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3566                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3567                                 pos,
3568                                 numRows );
3569
3570         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3571     }
3572
3573     return true;
3574 }
3575
3576 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3577 {
3578     size_t row, col;
3579
3580     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3581     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3582                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3583                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3584
3585     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3586     {
3587         return AppendCols( numCols );
3588     }
3589
3590     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3591     {
3592         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3593
3594         size_t i;
3595         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3596             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3597     }
3598
3599     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3600     {
3601         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3602         {
3603             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3604         }
3605     }
3606
3607     if ( GetView() )
3608     {
3609         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3610                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3611                                 pos,
3612                                 numCols );
3613
3614         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3615     }
3616
3617     return true;
3618 }
3619
3620 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3621 {
3622     size_t row;
3623
3624     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3625
3626 #if 0
3627     if ( !curNumRows )
3628     {
3629         // TODO: something better than this ?
3630         //
3631         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3632         return false;
3633     }
3634 #endif
3635
3636     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3637     {
3638         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3639     }
3640
3641     if ( GetView() )
3642     {
3643         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3644                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3645                                 numCols );
3646
3647         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3648     }
3649
3650     return true;
3651 }
3652
3653 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3654 {
3655     size_t row;
3656
3657     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3658     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3659                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3660
3661     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3662     {
3663         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3664                     (
3665                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3666                         (unsigned long)pos,
3667                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3668                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3669                     ) );
3670         return false;
3671     }
3672
3673     int colID;
3674     if ( GetView() )
3675         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3676     else
3677         colID = pos;
3678
3679     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3680     {
3681         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3682     }
3683
3684     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3685     {
3686         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3687         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3688         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3689         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3690         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3691             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3692     }
3693
3694     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3695     {
3696         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3697         {
3698             m_data[row].Clear();
3699         }
3700         else
3701         {
3702             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3703         }
3704     }
3705
3706     if ( GetView() )
3707     {
3708         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3709                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3710                                 pos,
3711                                 numCols );
3712
3713         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3714     }
3715
3716     return true;
3717 }
3718
3719 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3720 {
3721     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3722     {
3723         // using default label
3724         //
3725         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3726     }
3727     else
3728     {
3729         return m_rowLabels[row];
3730     }
3731 }
3732
3733 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3734 {
3735     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3736     {
3737         // using default label
3738         //
3739         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3740     }
3741     else
3742     {
3743         return m_colLabels[col];
3744     }
3745 }
3746
3747 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3748 {
3749     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3750     {
3751         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3752         int i;
3753
3754         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3755         {
3756             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3757         }
3758     }
3759
3760     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3761 }
3762
3763 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3764 {
3765     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3766     {
3767         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3768         int i;
3769
3770         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3771         {
3772             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3773         }
3774     }
3775
3776     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3777 }
3778
3779
3780 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3781 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3782
3783 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3784     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3785 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3786
3787 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3788 {
3789     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3790 }
3791
3792 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3793
3794 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3795     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3796     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3797     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3798 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3799
3800 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3801                                             wxWindowID id,
3802                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3803   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3804 {
3805     m_owner = parent;
3806 }
3807
3808 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3809 {
3810     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3811
3812     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3813     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3814     // set the y coord  - MB
3815     //
3816     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3817
3818     int x, y;
3819     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3820     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3821     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3822
3823     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3824     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3825 }
3826
3827 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3828 {
3829     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3830 }
3831
3832 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3833 {
3834     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3835 }
3836
3837 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3838
3839 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3840
3841 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3842     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3843     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3844     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3845 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3846
3847 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3848                                             wxWindowID id,
3849                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3850   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3851 {
3852     m_owner = parent;
3853 }
3854
3855 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3856 {
3857     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3858
3859     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3860     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3861     // set the x coord  - MB
3862     //
3863     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3864
3865     int x, y;
3866     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3867     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3868     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3869         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3870     else
3871         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3872
3873     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3874     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3875 }
3876
3877 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3878 {
3879     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3880 }
3881
3882 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3883 {
3884     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3885 }
3886
3887 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3888
3889 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3890
3891 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3892     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3893     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3894     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3895 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3896
3897 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3898                                                   wxWindowID id,
3899                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3900   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3901 {
3902     m_owner = parent;
3903 }
3904
3905 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3906 {
3907     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3908
3909     int client_height = 0;
3910     int client_width = 0;
3911     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3912
3913     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3914 #if 0
3915 def __WXGTK__
3916     wxRect rect;
3917     rect.SetX( 1 );
3918     rect.SetY( 1 );
3919     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3920     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3921
3922     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3923 #else // !__WXGTK__
3924     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3925     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3926     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3927     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3928     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3929
3930     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3931     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3932     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3933 #endif
3934 }
3935
3936 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3937 {
3938     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3939 }
3940
3941 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3942 {
3943     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3944 }
3945
3946 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3947
3948 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3949
3950 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3951     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3952     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3953     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3954     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3955     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3956     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3957     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3958     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3959     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3960 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3961
3962 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3963                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3964                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3965                             wxWindowID id,
3966                             const wxPoint &pos,
3967                             const wxSize &size )
3968             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
3969                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
3970                               wxT("grid window") )
3971 {
3972     m_owner = parent;
3973     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3974     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3975 }
3976
3977 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3978 {
3979     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3980     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3981     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3982     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3983     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3984
3985 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3986     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3987 #endif
3988
3989     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3990     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3991 }
3992
3993 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3994 {
3995     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3996     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3997     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3998 }
3999
4000 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4001 {
4002     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4003         SetFocus();
4004
4005     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4006 }
4007
4008 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4009 {
4010     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4011 }
4012
4013 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4014 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4015 //
4016 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4017 {
4018     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4019         event.Skip();
4020 }
4021
4022 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4023 {
4024     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4025         event.Skip();
4026 }
4027
4028 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4029 {
4030     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4031         event.Skip();
4032 }
4033
4034 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4035 {
4036 }
4037
4038 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4039 {
4040     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4041     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4042     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4043     {
4044         Refresh();
4045     }
4046     else
4047     {
4048         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4049         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4050         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4051         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4052         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4053         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4054
4055         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4056         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4057                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4058         const wxRect cursor =
4059             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4060         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4061     }
4062
4063     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4064         event.Skip();
4065 }
4066
4067 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4068
4069 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4070 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4071 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4072 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4073
4074 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4075
4076 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4077                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4078                            bool clipToMinMax);
4079
4080 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4081 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4082                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4083                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4084
4085 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4086
4087 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4088 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4089
4090 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4091     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4092     // use them for streaming out
4093     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4094     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4095     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4096     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4097     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4098     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4099
4100     // old style border flags
4101     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4102     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4103     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4104     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4105     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4106     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4107
4108     // standard window styles
4109     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4110     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4111     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4112     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4113     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4114     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4115     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4116     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4117
4118 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4119
4120 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4121
4122 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4123     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4124     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4125 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4126
4127 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4128 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4129
4130 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4131
4132 /*
4133  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4134 */
4135 #else
4136 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4137 #endif
4138
4139 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4140     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4141     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4142     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4143     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4144     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4145     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4146 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4147
4148 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4149 {
4150     InitVars();
4151 }
4152
4153 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4154                  wxWindowID id,
4155                  const wxPoint& pos,
4156                  const wxSize& size,
4157                  long style,
4158                  const wxString& name )
4159 {
4160     InitVars();
4161     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4162 }
4163
4164 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4165                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4166                           long style, const wxString& name)
4167 {
4168     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4169                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4170         return false;
4171
4172     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4173     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4174
4175     Create();
4176     SetInitialSize(size);
4177     CalcDimensions();
4178
4179     return true;
4180 }
4181
4182 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4183 {
4184     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4185     SetTargetWindow(this);
4186     ClearAttrCache();
4187     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4188
4189 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4190     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4191     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4192                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4193              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4194              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4195 #endif
4196
4197     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4198     // with dangling view pointer
4199     if ( m_ownTable )
4200         delete m_table;
4201     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4202         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4203
4204     delete m_typeRegistry;
4205     delete m_selection;
4206 }
4207
4208 //
4209 // ----- internal init and update functions
4210 //
4211
4212 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4213 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4214 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4215
4216 void wxGrid::Create()
4217 {
4218     // create the type registry
4219     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4220
4221     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4222
4223     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4224
4225     // Set default cell attributes
4226     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4227     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4228     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4229     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4230     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4231     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4232
4233 #if _USE_VISATTR
4234     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4235     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4236
4237     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4238     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4239
4240 #else
4241     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4242         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4243     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4244         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4245 #endif
4246
4247     m_numRows = 0;
4248     m_numCols = 0;
4249     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4250
4251     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4252     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4253
4254     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4255     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4256                                               wxID_ANY,
4257                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4258                                               wxDefaultSize );
4259
4260     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4261                                               wxID_ANY,
4262                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4263                                               wxDefaultSize );
4264
4265     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4266                                                     wxID_ANY,
4267                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4268                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4269
4270     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4271                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4272                                   m_colLabelWin,
4273                                   wxID_ANY,
4274                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4275                                   wxDefaultSize );
4276
4277     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4278
4279 #if _USE_VISATTR
4280     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4281     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4282     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4283     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4284 #else
4285     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4286     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4287     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4288     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4289 #endif
4290
4291     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4292     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4293     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4294     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4295     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4296     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4297
4298     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4299     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4300
4301     Init();
4302 }
4303
4304 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4305                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4306 {
4307     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4308                  false,
4309                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4310
4311     m_numRows = numRows;
4312     m_numCols = numCols;
4313
4314     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4315     m_table->SetView( this );
4316     m_ownTable = true;
4317     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4318
4319     CalcDimensions();
4320
4321     m_created = true;
4322
4323     return m_created;
4324 }
4325
4326 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4327 {
4328     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4329                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4330
4331     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4332 }
4333
4334 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4335 {
4336     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4337                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4338
4339     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4340 }
4341
4342 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4343                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4344 {
4345     bool checkSelection = false;
4346     if ( m_created )
4347     {
4348         // stop all processing
4349         m_created = false;
4350
4351         if (m_table)
4352         {
4353             m_table->SetView(0);
4354             if( m_ownTable )
4355                 delete m_table;
4356             m_table = NULL;
4357         }
4358
4359         delete m_selection;
4360         m_selection = NULL;
4361
4362         m_ownTable = false;
4363         m_numRows = 0;
4364         m_numCols = 0;
4365         checkSelection = true;
4366
4367         // kill row and column size arrays
4368         m_colWidths.Empty();
4369         m_colRights.Empty();
4370         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4371         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4372     }
4373
4374     if (table)
4375     {
4376         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4377         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4378
4379         m_table = table;
4380         m_table->SetView( this );
4381         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4382         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4383         if (checkSelection)
4384         {
4385             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4386             // original one current cell and selection regions
4387             // might be invalid,
4388             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4389             m_currentCellCoords =
4390               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4391                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4392             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4393                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4394             {
4395                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4396                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4397             }
4398             else
4399                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4400                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4401                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4402                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4403                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4404         }
4405         CalcDimensions();
4406
4407         m_created = true;
4408     }
4409
4410     return m_created;
4411 }
4412
4413 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4414 {
4415     m_created = false;
4416
4417     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4418     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4419     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4420     m_gridWin = NULL;
4421
4422     m_table = NULL;
4423     m_ownTable = false;
4424
4425     m_selection = NULL;
4426     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4427     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4428     m_winCapture = NULL;
4429 }
4430
4431 void wxGrid::Init()
4432 {
4433     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4434     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4435
4436     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4437     {
4438         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4439     }
4440     else
4441     {
4442         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4443     }
4444
4445     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4446
4447     // init attr cache
4448     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4449     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4450     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4451
4452     // TODO: something better than this ?
4453     //
4454     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4455     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4456
4457     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4458     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4459
4460     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4461     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4462     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4463
4464     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4465     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4466
4467     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4468     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4469
4470 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4471     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4472 #else
4473     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4474 #endif
4475
4476     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4477     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4478     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4479     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4480     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4481
4482     m_canDragColMove = false;
4483
4484     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4485     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4486     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4487     m_canDragColSize = true;
4488     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4489     m_canDragCell = false;
4490     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4491     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4492     m_isDragging = false;
4493     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4494     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4495
4496     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4497
4498     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4499     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4500
4501     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4502
4503     ClearSelection();
4504
4505     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4506     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4507
4508     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4509
4510     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4511     m_batchCount = 0;
4512
4513     m_extraWidth =
4514     m_extraHeight = 0;
4515
4516     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4517     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4518 }
4519
4520 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4521 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4522 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4523 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4524 // arrays at all
4525 //
4526 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4527 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4528 // this is not done currently
4529 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4530
4531 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4532 {
4533     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4534     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4535
4536     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4537     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4538
4539     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4540
4541     int rowBottom = 0;
4542     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4543     {
4544         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4545         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4546     }
4547 }
4548
4549 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4550 {
4551     m_colWidths.Empty();
4552     m_colRights.Empty();
4553
4554     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4555     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4556
4557     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4558
4559     int colRight = 0;
4560     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4561     {
4562         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4563         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4564     }
4565 }
4566
4567 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4568 {
4569     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4570 }
4571
4572 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4573 {
4574     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4575                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4576 }
4577
4578 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4579 {
4580     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4581                                  : m_colRights[col];
4582 }
4583
4584 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4585 {
4586     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4587 }
4588
4589 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4590 {
4591     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4592                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4593 }
4594
4595 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4596 {
4597     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4598                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4599 }
4600
4601 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4602 {
4603     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4604     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4605     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4606
4607     w += m_extraWidth;
4608     h += m_extraHeight;
4609
4610     // take into account editor if shown
4611     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4612     {
4613         int w2, h2;
4614         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4615         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4616         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4617         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4618
4619         // how big is the editor
4620         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4621         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4622         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4623         w2 += x;
4624         h2 += y;
4625         if ( w2 > w )
4626             w = w2;
4627         if ( h2 > h )
4628             h = h2;
4629         editor->DecRef();
4630         attr->DecRef();
4631     }
4632
4633     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4634     int x, y;
4635     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4636
4637     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4638     if ( x >= w )
4639         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4640     if ( y >= h )
4641         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4642
4643     // do set scrollbar parameters
4644     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4645                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4646                    x, y,
4647                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4648
4649     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4650     // still must reposition the children
4651     CalcWindowSizes();
4652 }
4653
4654 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4655 {
4656     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4657
4658     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4659         return;
4660
4661     int cw, ch;
4662     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4663
4664     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4665     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4666     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4667     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4668     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4669     //
4670     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4671     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4672     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4673     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4674     {
4675         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4676         // the fixed size elements
4677         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4678         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4679
4680         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4681
4682         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4683         {
4684             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4685             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4686             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4687             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4688         }
4689     }
4690
4691     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4692     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4693     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4694     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4695     if (gw < 0)
4696         gw = 0;
4697     if (gh < 0)
4698         gh = 0;
4699
4700     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4701         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4702
4703     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4704         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4705
4706     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4707         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4708
4709     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4710         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4711 }
4712
4713 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4714 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4715 //
4716 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4717 {
4718     int i;
4719     bool result = false;
4720
4721     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4722     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4723     ClearAttrCache();
4724
4725     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4726     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4727     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4728     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4729     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4730     HideCellEditControl();
4731
4732 #if 0
4733     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4734     // now
4735     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4736     {
4737         InitColWidths();
4738     }
4739
4740     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4741     {
4742         InitRowHeights();
4743     }
4744 #endif
4745
4746     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4747     {
4748         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4749         {
4750             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4751             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4752
4753             m_numRows += numRows;
4754
4755             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4756             {
4757                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4758                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4759
4760                 int bottom = 0;
4761                 if ( pos > 0 )
4762                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4763
4764                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4765                 {
4766                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4767                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4768                 }
4769             }
4770
4771             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4772             {
4773                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4774                 // cell will be undefined...
4775                 //
4776                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4777             }
4778
4779             if ( m_selection )
4780                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4781             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4782             if (attrProvider)
4783                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4784
4785             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4786             {
4787                 CalcDimensions();
4788                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4789             }
4790         }
4791         result = true;
4792         break;
4793
4794         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4795         {
4796             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4797             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4798             m_numRows += numRows;
4799
4800             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4801             {
4802                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4803                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4804
4805                 int bottom = 0;
4806                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4807                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4808
4809                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4810                 {
4811                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4812                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4813                 }
4814             }
4815
4816             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4817             {
4818                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4819                 // cell will be undefined...
4820                 //
4821                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4822             }
4823
4824             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4825             {
4826                 CalcDimensions();
4827                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4828             }
4829         }
4830         result = true;
4831         break;
4832
4833         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4834         {
4835             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4836             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4837             m_numRows -= numRows;
4838
4839             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4840             {
4841                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4842                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4843
4844                 int h = 0;
4845                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4846                 {
4847                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4848                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4849                 }
4850             }
4851
4852             if ( !m_numRows )
4853             {
4854                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4855             }
4856             else
4857             {
4858                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4859                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4860             }
4861
4862             if ( m_selection )
4863                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4864             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4865             if (attrProvider)
4866             {
4867                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4868
4869 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4870 #if 0
4871                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4872                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4873                 // all column attributes.
4874                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4875                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4876                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4877                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4878 #endif
4879             }
4880
4881             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4882             {
4883                 CalcDimensions();
4884                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4885             }
4886         }
4887         result = true;
4888         break;
4889
4890         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4891         {
4892             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4893             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4894             m_numCols += numCols;
4895
4896             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4897             {
4898                 //Shift the column IDs
4899                 int i;
4900                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4901                 {
4902                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4903                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4904                 }
4905
4906                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4907
4908                 //Set the new columns' positions
4909                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4910                 {
4911                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4912                 }
4913             }
4914
4915             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4916             {
4917                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4918                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4919
4920                 int right = 0;
4921                 if ( pos > 0 )
4922                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4923
4924                 int colPos;
4925                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4926                 {
4927                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4928
4929                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4930                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4931                 }
4932             }
4933
4934             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4935             {
4936                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4937                 // cell will be undefined...
4938                 //
4939                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4940             }
4941
4942             if ( m_selection )
4943                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4944             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4945             if (attrProvider)
4946                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4947             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4948             {
4949                 CalcDimensions();
4950                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4951             }
4952         }
4953         result = true;
4954         break;
4955
4956         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4957         {
4958             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4959             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4960             m_numCols += numCols;
4961
4962             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4963             {
4964                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4965
4966                 //Set the new columns' positions
4967                 int i;
4968                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4969                 {
4970                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4971                 }
4972             }
4973
4974             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4975             {
4976                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4977                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4978
4979                 int right = 0;
4980                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4981                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4982
4983                 int colPos;
4984                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4985                 {
4986                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4987
4988                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4989                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4990                 }
4991             }
4992
4993             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4994             {
4995                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4996                 // cell will be undefined...
4997                 //
4998                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4999             }
5000             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5001             {
5002                 CalcDimensions();
5003                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5004             }
5005         }
5006         result = true;
5007         break;
5008
5009         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5010         {
5011             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5012             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5013             m_numCols -= numCols;
5014
5015             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5016             {
5017                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5018
5019                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5020
5021                 //Shift the column IDs
5022                 int colPos;
5023                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5024                 {
5025                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5026                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5027                 }
5028             }
5029
5030             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5031             {
5032                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5033                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5034
5035                 int w = 0;
5036                 int colPos;
5037                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5038                 {
5039                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5040
5041                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5042                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5043                 }
5044             }
5045
5046             if ( !m_numCols )
5047             {
5048                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5049             }
5050             else
5051             {
5052                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5053                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5054             }
5055
5056             if ( m_selection )
5057                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5058             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5059             if (attrProvider)
5060             {
5061                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5062
5063 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5064 #if 0
5065                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5066                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5067                 // all row attributes.
5068                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5069                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5070                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5071                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5072 #endif
5073             }
5074
5075             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5076             {
5077                 CalcDimensions();
5078                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5079             }
5080         }
5081         result = true;
5082         break;
5083     }
5084
5085     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5086         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5087
5088     return result;
5089 }
5090
5091 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5092 {
5093     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5094     wxRect r;
5095
5096     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5097
5098     int top, bottom;
5099     while ( iter )
5100     {
5101         r = iter.GetRect();
5102
5103         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5104         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5105         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5106         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5107         //
5108 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5109         int cw, ch;
5110         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5111         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5112             r.SetTop( 0 );
5113         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5114 #endif
5115
5116         // logical bounds of update region
5117         //
5118         int dummy;
5119         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5120         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5121
5122         // find the row labels within these bounds
5123         //
5124         int row;
5125         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5126         {
5127             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5128                 continue;
5129
5130             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5131                 break;
5132
5133             rowlabels.Add( row );
5134         }
5135
5136         ++iter;
5137     }
5138
5139     return rowlabels;
5140 }
5141
5142 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5143 {
5144     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5145     wxRect r;
5146
5147     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5148
5149     int left, right;
5150     while ( iter )
5151     {
5152         r = iter.GetRect();
5153
5154         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5155         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5156         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5157         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5158         //
5159 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5160         int cw, ch;
5161         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5162         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5163             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5164         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5165 #endif
5166
5167         // logical bounds of update region
5168         //
5169         int dummy;
5170         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5171         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5172
5173         // find the cells within these bounds
5174         //
5175         int col;
5176         int colPos;
5177         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5178         {
5179             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5180
5181             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5182                 continue;
5183
5184             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5185                 break;
5186
5187             colLabels.Add( col );
5188         }
5189
5190         ++iter;
5191     }
5192
5193     return colLabels;
5194 }
5195
5196 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5197 {
5198     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5199     wxRect r;
5200
5201     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5202
5203     int left, top, right, bottom;
5204     while ( iter )
5205     {
5206         r = iter.GetRect();
5207
5208         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5209         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5210         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5211         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5212         //
5213 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5214         int cw, ch;
5215         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5216         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5217         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5218         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5219         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5220 #endif
5221
5222         // logical bounds of update region
5223         //
5224         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5225         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5226
5227         // find the cells within these bounds
5228         //
5229         int row, col;
5230         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5231         {
5232             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5233                 continue;
5234
5235             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5236                 break;
5237
5238             int colPos;
5239             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5240             {
5241                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5242
5243                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5244                     continue;
5245
5246                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5247                     break;
5248
5249                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5250             }
5251         }
5252
5253         ++iter;
5254     }
5255
5256     return cellsExposed;
5257 }
5258
5259
5260 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5261 {
5262     int x, y, row;
5263     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5264     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5265
5266     if ( event.Dragging() )
5267     {
5268         if (!m_isDragging)
5269         {
5270             m_isDragging = true;
5271             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5272         }
5273
5274         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5275         {
5276             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5277             {
5278                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5279                 {
5280                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5281                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5282                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5283
5284                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5285                     PrepareDC( dc );
5286                     y = wxMax( y,
5287                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5288                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5289                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5290                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5291                     {
5292                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5293                     }
5294                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5295                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5296                 }
5297                 break;
5298
5299                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5300                 {
5301                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5302                     {
5303                         if ( m_selection )
5304                         {
5305                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5306                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5307                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5308                                                     event.AltDown(),
5309                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5310                         }
5311                     }
5312                 }
5313                 break;
5314
5315                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5316                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5317                 default:
5318                     break;
5319             }
5320         }
5321         return;
5322     }
5323
5324     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5325         return;
5326
5327     if (m_isDragging)
5328     {
5329         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5330             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5331         m_isDragging = false;
5332     }
5333
5334     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5335     //
5336     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5337     {
5338         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5339     }
5340
5341     // ------------ Left button pressed
5342     //
5343     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5344     {
5345         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5346         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5347         // wanting to resize the row
5348         //
5349         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5350         {
5351             row = YToRow(y);
5352             if ( row >= 0 &&
5353                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5354             {
5355                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5356                     ClearSelection();
5357                 if ( m_selection )
5358                 {
5359                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5360                     {
5361                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5362                                                   0,
5363                                                   row,
5364                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5365                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5366                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5367                                                   event.AltDown(),
5368                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5369                     }
5370                     else
5371                     {
5372                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5373                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5374                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5375                                                 event.AltDown(),
5376                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5377                     }
5378                 }
5379
5380                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5381             }
5382         }
5383         else
5384         {
5385             // starting to drag-resize a row
5386             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5387                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5388         }
5389     }
5390
5391     // ------------ Left double click
5392     //
5393     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5394     {
5395         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5396         if ( row < 0 )
5397         {
5398             row = YToRow(y);
5399             if ( row >=0 &&
5400                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5401             {
5402                 // no default action at the moment
5403             }
5404         }
5405         else
5406         {
5407             // adjust row height depending on label text
5408             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5409
5410             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5411             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5412         }
5413     }
5414
5415     // ------------ Left button released
5416     //
5417     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5418     {
5419         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5420         {
5421             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5422
5423             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5424             // default processing in this case
5425             //
5426             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5427         }
5428
5429         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5430         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5431     }
5432
5433     // ------------ Right button down
5434     //
5435     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5436     {
5437         row = YToRow(y);
5438         if ( row >=0 &&
5439              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5440         {
5441             // no default action at the moment
5442         }
5443     }
5444
5445     // ------------ Right double click
5446     //
5447     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5448     {
5449         row = YToRow(y);
5450         if ( row >= 0 &&
5451              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5452         {
5453             // no default action at the moment
5454         }
5455     }
5456
5457     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5458     //
5459     else if ( event.Moving() )
5460     {
5461         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5462         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5463         {
5464             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5465             {
5466                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5467                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5468                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5469             }
5470         }
5471         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5472         {
5473             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5474         }
5475     }
5476 }
5477
5478 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5479 {
5480     int x, y, col;
5481     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5482     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5483
5484     if ( event.Dragging() )
5485     {
5486         if (!m_isDragging)
5487         {
5488             m_isDragging = true;
5489             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5490
5491             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5492                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5493         }
5494
5495         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5496         {
5497             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5498             {
5499                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5500                 {
5501                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5502                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5503                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5504
5505                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5506                     PrepareDC( dc );
5507
5508                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5509                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5510                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5511                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5512                     {
5513                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5514                     }
5515                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5516                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5517                 }
5518                 break;
5519
5520                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5521                 {
5522                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5523                     {
5524                         if ( m_selection )
5525                         {
5526                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5527                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5528                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5529                                                     event.AltDown(),
5530                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5531                         }
5532                     }
5533                 }
5534                 break;
5535
5536                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5537                 {
5538                     if ( x < 0 )
5539                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5540                     else
5541                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5542
5543                     int markerX;
5544
5545                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5546                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5547                     else
5548                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5549
5550                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5551                     {
5552                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5553
5554                         int cw, ch;
5555                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5556
5557                         markerX++;
5558
5559                         //Clean up the last indicator
5560                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5561                         {
5562                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5563                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5564                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5565                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5566
5567                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5568                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5569                         }
5570
5571                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5572                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5573                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5574                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5575                         {
5576                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5577                             return;
5578                         }
5579
5580                         //Draw the marker
5581                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5582                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5583
5584                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5585
5586                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5587
5588                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5589                     }
5590                 }
5591                 break;
5592
5593                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5594                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5595                 default:
5596                     break;
5597             }
5598         }
5599         return;
5600     }
5601
5602     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5603         return;
5604
5605     if (m_isDragging)
5606     {
5607         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5608             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5609         m_isDragging = false;
5610     }
5611
5612     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5613     //
5614     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5615     {
5616         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5617     }
5618
5619     // ------------ Left button pressed
5620     //
5621     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5622     {
5623         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5624         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5625         // wanting to resize the col
5626         //
5627         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5628         {
5629             col = XToCol(x);
5630             if ( col >= 0 &&
5631                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5632             {
5633                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5634                 {
5635                     //Show button as pressed
5636                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5637                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5638                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5639                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5640                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5641                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5642
5643                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5644                 }
5645                 else
5646                 {
5647                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5648                         ClearSelection();
5649                     if ( m_selection )
5650                     {
5651                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5652                         {
5653                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5654                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5655                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5656                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5657                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5658                                                       event.AltDown(),
5659                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5660                         }
5661                         else
5662                         {
5663                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5664                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5665                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5666                                                     event.AltDown(),
5667                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5668                         }
5669                     }
5670
5671                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5672                 }
5673             }
5674         }
5675         else
5676         {
5677             // starting to drag-resize a col
5678             //
5679             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5680                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5681         }
5682     }
5683
5684     // ------------ Left double click
5685     //
5686     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5687     {
5688         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5689         if ( col < 0 )
5690         {
5691             col = XToCol(x);
5692             if ( col >= 0 &&
5693                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5694             {
5695                 // no default action at the moment
5696             }
5697         }
5698         else
5699         {
5700             // adjust column width depending on label text
5701             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5702
5703             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5704             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5705         }
5706     }
5707
5708     // ------------ Left button released
5709     //
5710     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5711     {
5712         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5713         {
5714             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5715                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5716
5717                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5718                 // default processing in this case
5719                 //
5720                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5721                 break;
5722
5723             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5724                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5725
5726                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5727                 break;
5728
5729             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5730             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5731             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5732             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5733                 // nothing to do (?)
5734                 break;
5735         }
5736
5737         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5738         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5739     }
5740
5741     // ------------ Right button down
5742     //
5743     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5744     {
5745         col = XToCol(x);
5746         if ( col >= 0 &&
5747              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5748         {
5749             // no default action at the moment
5750         }
5751     }
5752
5753     // ------------ Right double click
5754     //
5755     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5756     {
5757         col = XToCol(x);
5758         if ( col >= 0 &&
5759              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5760         {
5761             // no default action at the moment
5762         }
5763     }
5764
5765     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5766     //
5767     else if ( event.Moving() )
5768     {
5769         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5770         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5771         {
5772             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5773             {
5774                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5775                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5776                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5777             }
5778         }
5779         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5780         {
5781             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5782         }
5783     }
5784 }
5785
5786 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5787 {
5788     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5789     {
5790         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5791         // col args == -1
5792         //
5793         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5794         {
5795             SelectAll();
5796         }
5797     }
5798     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5799     {
5800         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5801     }
5802     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5803     {
5804         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5805         {
5806             // no default action at the moment
5807         }
5808     }
5809     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5810     {
5811         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5812         {
5813             // no default action at the moment
5814         }
5815     }
5816 }
5817
5818 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5819 {
5820     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5821     if ( m_winCapture )
5822     {
5823         m_isDragging = false;
5824         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5825         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5826         m_winCapture = NULL;
5827
5828         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5829         Refresh();
5830     }
5831 }
5832
5833 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5834                               wxWindow *win,
5835                               bool captureMouse)
5836 {
5837 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5838     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5839     {
5840         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5841         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5842         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5843         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5844         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5845         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5846     };
5847
5848     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5849                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5850                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5851                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5852                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5853                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5854 #endif
5855
5856     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5857          win == m_winCapture &&
5858          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5859         return;
5860
5861     if ( !win )
5862     {
5863         // by default use the grid itself
5864         win = m_gridWin;
5865     }
5866
5867     if ( m_winCapture )
5868     {
5869         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5870             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5871         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5872     }
5873
5874     m_cursorMode = mode;
5875
5876     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5877     {
5878         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5879             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5880             break;
5881
5882         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5883             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5884             break;
5885
5886         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5887             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5888             break;
5889
5890         default:
5891             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5892             break;
5893     }
5894
5895     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5896     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5897                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5898
5899     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5900     {
5901         win->CaptureMouse();
5902         m_winCapture = win;
5903     }
5904 }
5905
5906 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5907 {
5908     int x, y;
5909     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5910     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5911
5912     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5913     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5914
5915     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5916     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5917     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5918     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5919     {
5920         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5921         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5922     }
5923
5924     if ( event.Dragging() )
5925     {
5926         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5927
5928         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5929         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5930         if (! m_isDragging)
5931         {
5932             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5933             {
5934                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5935                 return;
5936             }
5937             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5938                 return;
5939         }
5940
5941         m_isDragging = true;
5942         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5943         {
5944             // Hide the edit control, so it
5945             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5946             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5947             {
5948                 HideCellEditControl();
5949                 SaveEditControlValue();
5950             }
5951
5952             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5953             {
5954                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5955                 {
5956                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5957                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5958                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5959                 }
5960                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5961                 {
5962                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5963                     {
5964                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5965                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5966
5967                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5968                                    coords.GetRow(),
5969                                    coords.GetCol(),
5970                                    event );
5971                         return;
5972                     }
5973                 }
5974                 else
5975                 {
5976                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5977                     {
5978                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5979                     }
5980                     else
5981                     {
5982                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5983                     }
5984                 }
5985
5986                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5987                 {
5988                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5989                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5990                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5991                 }
5992             }
5993             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5994             if (! m_winCapture)
5995             {
5996                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5997                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5998             }
5999
6000
6001         }
6002         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6003         {
6004             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6005             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6006             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6007
6008             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6009             PrepareDC( dc );
6010             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6011                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6012             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6013             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6014             {
6015                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6016             }
6017             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6018             m_dragLastPos = y;
6019         }
6020         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6021         {
6022             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6023             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6024             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6025
6026             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6027             PrepareDC( dc );
6028             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6029                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6030             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6031             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6032             {
6033                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6034             }
6035             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6036             m_dragLastPos = x;
6037         }
6038
6039         return;
6040     }
6041
6042     m_isDragging = false;
6043     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6044
6045     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6046     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6047     //     wxGTK
6048 #if 0
6049     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6050     {
6051         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6052         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6053     }
6054     else
6055 #endif // 0
6056
6057     // ------------ Left button pressed
6058     //
6059     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6060     {
6061         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6062                        coords.GetRow(),
6063                        coords.GetCol(),
6064                        event ) )
6065         {
6066             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6067                 ClearSelection();
6068             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6069             {
6070                 if ( m_selection )
6071                 {
6072                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6073                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6074                                               coords.GetRow(),
6075                                               coords.GetCol(),
6076                                               event.ControlDown(),
6077                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6078                                               event.AltDown(),
6079                                               event.MetaDown() );
6080                 }
6081             }
6082             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6083                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6084             {
6085                 DisableCellEditControl();
6086                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6087
6088                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6089                 {
6090                     if ( m_selection )
6091                     {
6092                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6093                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6094                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6095                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6096                                                           event.AltDown(),
6097                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6098                     }
6099                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6100                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6101                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6102                 }
6103                 else
6104                 {
6105                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6106                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6107                     if ( m_selection )
6108                     {
6109                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6110                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6111                         {
6112                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6113                         }
6114                     }
6115                 }
6116             }
6117         }
6118     }
6119
6120     // ------------ Left double click
6121     //
6122     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6123     {
6124         DisableCellEditControl();
6125
6126         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6127         {
6128             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6129                              coords.GetRow(),
6130                              coords.GetCol(),
6131                              event ) )
6132             {
6133                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6134                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6135                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6136             }
6137         }
6138     }
6139
6140     // ------------ Left button released
6141     //
6142     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6143     {
6144         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6145         {
6146             if (m_winCapture)
6147             {
6148                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6149                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6150                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6151             }
6152
6153             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6154             {
6155                 ClearSelection();
6156                 EnableCellEditControl();
6157
6158                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6159                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6160                 editor->StartingClick();
6161                 editor->DecRef();
6162                 attr->DecRef();
6163
6164                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6165             }
6166             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6167                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6168             {
6169                 if ( m_selection )
6170                 {
6171                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6172                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6173                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6174                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6175                                               event.ControlDown(),
6176                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6177                                               event.AltDown(),
6178                                               event.MetaDown() );
6179                 }
6180
6181                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6182                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6183
6184                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6185                 // drag-shrinking.
6186                 ShowCellEditControl();
6187             }
6188         }
6189         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6190         {
6191             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6192             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6193
6194             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6195             // default processing in this case
6196             //
6197             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6198         }
6199         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6200         {
6201             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6202             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6203
6204             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6205             // default processing in this case
6206             //
6207             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6208         }
6209
6210         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6211     }
6212
6213     // ------------ Right button down
6214     //
6215     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6216     {
6217         DisableCellEditControl();
6218         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6219                          coords.GetRow(),
6220                          coords.GetCol(),
6221                          event ) )
6222         {
6223             // no default action at the moment
6224         }
6225     }
6226
6227     // ------------ Right double click
6228     //
6229     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6230     {
6231         DisableCellEditControl();
6232         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6233                          coords.GetRow(),
6234                          coords.GetCol(),
6235                          event ) )
6236         {
6237             // no default action at the moment
6238         }
6239     }
6240
6241     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6242     //
6243     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6244     {
6245         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6246         {
6247             // out of grid cell area
6248             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6249             return;
6250         }
6251
6252         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6253         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6254
6255         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6256         // directions is not implemented yet...
6257         //
6258         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6259         {
6260             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6261             return;
6262         }
6263
6264         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6265         {
6266             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6267
6268             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6269             {
6270                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6271                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6272             }
6273         }
6274         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6275         {
6276             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6277
6278             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6279             {
6280                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6281                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6282             }
6283         }
6284         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6285         {
6286             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6287             {
6288                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6289             }
6290         }
6291     }
6292 }
6293
6294 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6295 {
6296     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6297     {
6298         // erase the last line and resize the row
6299         //
6300         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6301         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6302         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6303
6304         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6305         PrepareDC( dc );
6306         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6307         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6308         HideCellEditControl();
6309         SaveEditControlValue();
6310
6311         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6312         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6313                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6314
6315         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6316         {
6317             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6318             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6319             rect.x = 0;
6320             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6321             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6322             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6323             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6324             rect.width = cw;
6325
6326             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6327             if (m_table)
6328             {
6329                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6330                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6331                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6332                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6333                 {
6334                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6335                     {
6336                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6337                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6338                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6339                     }
6340                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6341                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6342                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6343                 }
6344             }
6345             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6346         }
6347
6348         ShowCellEditControl();
6349     }
6350 }
6351
6352
6353 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6354 {
6355     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6356     {
6357         // erase the last line and resize the col
6358         //
6359         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6360         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6361         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6362
6363         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6364         PrepareDC( dc );
6365         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6366         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6367         HideCellEditControl();
6368         SaveEditControlValue();
6369
6370         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6371         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6372                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6373                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6374
6375         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6376         {
6377             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6378             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6379             rect.y = 0;
6380             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6381             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6382             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6383             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6384             rect.height = ch;
6385
6386             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6387             if (m_table)
6388             {
6389                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6390                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6391                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6392                 if (topRow >= 0)
6393                 {
6394                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6395                     {
6396                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6397                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6398                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6399                     }
6400
6401                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6402                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6403                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6404                 }
6405             }
6406
6407             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6408         }
6409
6410         ShowCellEditControl();
6411     }
6412 }
6413
6414 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6415 {
6416     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6417     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6418     {
6419         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6420         return;
6421     }
6422
6423     int newPos;
6424     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6425         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6426     else
6427     {
6428         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6429         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6430             newPos--;
6431     }
6432
6433     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6434 }
6435
6436 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6437 {
6438     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6439     {
6440         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6441
6442         int i;
6443         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6444         {
6445             m_colAt.Add( i );
6446         }
6447     }
6448
6449     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6450
6451     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6452     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6453     {
6454         int i;
6455         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6456         {
6457             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6458         }
6459     }
6460     else
6461     {
6462         int i;
6463         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6464         {
6465             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6466         }
6467     }
6468
6469     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6470
6471     //Recalculate the column rights
6472     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6473     {
6474         int colRight = 0;
6475         int colPos;
6476         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6477         {
6478             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6479
6480             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6481             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6482         }
6483     }
6484
6485     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6486     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6487 }
6488
6489
6490
6491 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6492 {
6493     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6494         return;
6495
6496     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6497
6498     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6499     {
6500         m_colAt.Clear();
6501
6502         //Recalculate the column rights
6503         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6504         {
6505             int colRight = 0;
6506             int colPos;
6507             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6508             {
6509                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6510                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6511             }
6512         }
6513
6514         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6515         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6516     }
6517 }
6518
6519
6520 //
6521 // ------ interaction with data model
6522 //
6523 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6524 {
6525     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6526     {
6527         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6528             return GetModelValues();
6529
6530         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6531             return SetModelValues();
6532
6533         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6534         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6535         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6536         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6537         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6538         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6539             return Redimension( msg );
6540
6541         default:
6542             return false;
6543     }
6544 }
6545
6546 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6547 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6548 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6549 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6550 //
6551 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6552 {
6553     if ( m_table )
6554     {
6555         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6556             DisableCellEditControl();
6557
6558         m_table->Clear();
6559         if (!GetBatchCount())
6560             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6561     }
6562 }
6563
6564 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6565 {
6566     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6567
6568     if ( !m_created )
6569     {
6570         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6571         return false;
6572     }
6573
6574     if ( m_table )
6575     {
6576         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6577             DisableCellEditControl();
6578
6579         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6580         return done;
6581
6582         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6583         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6584     }
6585
6586     return false;
6587 }
6588
6589 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6590 {
6591     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6592
6593     if ( !m_created )
6594     {
6595         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6596         return false;
6597     }
6598
6599     if ( m_table )
6600     {
6601         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6602         return done;
6603
6604         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6605         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6606     }
6607
6608     return false;
6609 }
6610
6611 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6612 {
6613     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6614
6615     if ( !m_created )
6616     {
6617         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6618         return false;
6619     }
6620
6621     if ( m_table )
6622     {
6623         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6624             DisableCellEditControl();
6625
6626         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6627         return done;
6628         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6629         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6630     }
6631
6632     return false;
6633 }
6634
6635 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6636 {
6637     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6638
6639     if ( !m_created )
6640     {
6641         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6642         return false;
6643     }
6644
6645     if ( m_table )
6646     {
6647         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6648             DisableCellEditControl();
6649
6650         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6651         return done;
6652         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6653         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6654     }
6655
6656     return false;
6657 }
6658
6659 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6660 {
6661     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6662
6663     if ( !m_created )
6664     {
6665         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6666         return false;
6667     }
6668
6669     if ( m_table )
6670     {
6671         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6672         return done;
6673         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6674         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6675     }
6676
6677     return false;
6678 }
6679
6680 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6681 {
6682     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6683
6684     if ( !m_created )
6685     {
6686         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6687         return false;
6688     }
6689
6690     if ( m_table )
6691     {
6692         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6693             DisableCellEditControl();
6694
6695         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6696         return done;
6697         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6698         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6699     }
6700
6701     return false;
6702 }
6703
6704 //
6705 // ----- event handlers
6706 //
6707
6708 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6709 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6710 //
6711 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6712                         int row, int col,
6713                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6714 {
6715    bool claimed, vetoed;
6716
6717    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6718    {
6719        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6720
6721        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6722                type,
6723                this,
6724                rowOrCol,
6725                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6726                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6727                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6728                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6729                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6730                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6731
6732        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6733        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6734    }
6735    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6736    {
6737        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6738        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6739                type,
6740                this,
6741                m_selectingTopLeft,
6742                m_selectingBottomRight,
6743                true,
6744                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6745                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6746                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6747                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6748
6749        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6750        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6751    }
6752    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6753              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6754              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6755              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6756    {
6757        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6758
6759        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6760            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6761        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6762            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6763
6764        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6765                type,
6766                this,
6767                row, col,
6768                pos.x,
6769                pos.y,
6770                false,
6771                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6772                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6773                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6774                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6775        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6776        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6777    }
6778    else
6779    {
6780        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6781                type,
6782                this,
6783                row, col,
6784                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6785                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6786                false,
6787                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6788                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6789                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6790                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6791        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6792        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6793    }
6794
6795    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6796    if (vetoed)
6797        return -1;
6798
6799    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6800 }
6801
6802 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6803 // of ProcessEvent().
6804 //
6805 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6806                         int row, int col )
6807 {
6808    bool claimed, vetoed;
6809
6810     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6811     {
6812         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6813
6814         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6815
6816         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6817         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6818     }
6819     else
6820     {
6821         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6822
6823         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6824         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6825      }
6826
6827     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6828     if (vetoed)
6829         return -1;
6830
6831     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6832 }
6833
6834 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6835 {
6836     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6837     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6838 }
6839
6840 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6841 {
6842     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6843     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6844     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6845     {
6846         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6847         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6848
6849         if (rect)
6850         {
6851             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6852             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6853             int x, y;
6854
6855             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6856             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6857             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6858             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6859             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6860
6861             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6862             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6863                 width_label = rectWidth;
6864
6865             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6866             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6867                 height_label = rectHeight;
6868
6869             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6870             {
6871                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6872                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6873             }
6874             else
6875             {
6876                 x = 0;
6877                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6878             }
6879
6880             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6881             {
6882                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6883                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6884             }
6885             else
6886             {
6887                 y = 0;
6888                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6889             }
6890
6891             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6892             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6893             {
6894                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6895                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6896             }
6897
6898             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6899             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6900             {
6901                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6902                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6903             }
6904
6905             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6906             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6907             {
6908                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6909                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6910             }
6911
6912             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6913             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6914             {
6915                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6916                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6917             }
6918         }
6919         else
6920         {
6921             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6922             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6923             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6924             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6925         }
6926     }
6927 }
6928
6929 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6930 {
6931     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6932     {
6933         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6934         CalcDimensions();
6935     }
6936 }
6937
6938 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6939 {
6940     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6941     {
6942         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6943         //
6944         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6945     }
6946
6947     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6948
6949     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6950     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6951     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6952     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6953
6954     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6955     {
6956         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6957         {
6958             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6959                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6960             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6961                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6962         }
6963
6964         // try local handlers
6965         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6966         {
6967             case WXK_UP:
6968                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6969                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6970                 else
6971                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6972                 break;
6973
6974             case WXK_DOWN:
6975                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6976                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6977                 else
6978                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6979                 break;
6980
6981             case WXK_LEFT:
6982                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6983                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6984                 else
6985                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6986                 break;
6987
6988             case WXK_RIGHT:
6989                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6990                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6991                 else
6992                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6993                 break;
6994
6995             case WXK_RETURN:
6996             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6997                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6998                 {
6999                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7000                 }
7001                 else
7002                 {
7003                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7004                     {
7005                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7006                     }
7007                     else
7008                     {
7009                         // at the bottom of a column
7010                         DisableCellEditControl();
7011                     }
7012                 }
7013                 break;
7014
7015             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7016                 ClearSelection();
7017                 break;
7018
7019             case WXK_TAB:
7020                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7021                 {
7022                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7023                     {
7024                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7025                     }
7026                     else
7027                     {
7028                         // at left of grid
7029                         DisableCellEditControl();
7030                     }
7031                 }
7032                 else
7033                 {
7034                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7035                     {
7036                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7037                     }
7038                     else
7039                     {
7040                         // at right of grid
7041                         DisableCellEditControl();
7042                     }
7043                 }
7044                 break;
7045
7046             case WXK_HOME:
7047                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7048                 {
7049                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7050                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7051                 }
7052                 else
7053                 {
7054                     event.Skip();
7055                 }
7056                 break;
7057
7058             case WXK_END:
7059                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7060                 {
7061                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7062                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7063                 }
7064                 else
7065                 {
7066                     event.Skip();
7067                 }
7068                 break;
7069
7070             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7071                 MovePageUp();
7072                 break;
7073
7074             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7075                 MovePageDown();
7076                 break;
7077
7078             case WXK_SPACE:
7079                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7080                 {
7081                     if ( m_selection )
7082                     {
7083                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7084                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7085                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7086                             event.ControlDown(),
7087                             event.ShiftDown(),
7088                             event.AltDown(),
7089                             event.MetaDown() );
7090                     }
7091                     break;
7092                 }
7093
7094                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7095                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7096                 else
7097                     event.Skip();
7098                 break;
7099
7100             default:
7101                 event.Skip();
7102                 break;
7103         }
7104     }
7105
7106     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7107 }
7108
7109 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7110 {
7111     // try local handlers
7112     //
7113     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7114     {
7115         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7116              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7117         {
7118             if ( m_selection )
7119             {
7120                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7121                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7122                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7123                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7124                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7125                     event.ControlDown(),
7126                     true,
7127                     event.AltDown(),
7128                     event.MetaDown() );
7129             }
7130         }
7131
7132         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7133         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7134         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7135     }
7136 }
7137
7138 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7139 {
7140     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7141     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7142     {
7143         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7144         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7145         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7146         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7147         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7148
7149         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7150         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7151         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7152              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7153         {
7154             // ensure cell is visble
7155             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7156             EnableCellEditControl();
7157
7158             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7159             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7160             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7161             // crash the app
7162             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7163                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7164         }
7165         else
7166         {
7167             event.Skip();
7168         }
7169
7170         editor->DecRef();
7171         attr->DecRef();
7172     }
7173     else
7174     {
7175         event.Skip();
7176     }
7177 }
7178
7179 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7180 {
7181 }
7182
7183 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7184 {
7185     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7186     {
7187         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7188         return;
7189     }
7190
7191 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7192     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7193     PrepareDC( dc );
7194 #endif
7195
7196     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7197     {
7198         DisableCellEditControl();
7199
7200         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7201         {
7202             wxRect r;
7203             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7204             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7205             {
7206                 r.x--;
7207                 r.y--;
7208                 r.width++;
7209                 r.height++;
7210             }
7211
7212             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7213
7214             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7215             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7216
7217 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7218             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7219 #else
7220             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7221             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7222 #endif
7223         }
7224     }
7225
7226     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7227
7228     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7229 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7230     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7231 #endif
7232     attr->DecRef();
7233 }
7234
7235 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7236 {
7237     int temp;
7238     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7239
7240     if ( m_selection )
7241     {
7242         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7243         {
7244             leftCol = 0;
7245             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7246         }
7247         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7248         {
7249             topRow = 0;
7250             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7251         }
7252     }
7253
7254     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7255     {
7256         temp = topRow;
7257         topRow = bottomRow;
7258         bottomRow = temp;
7259     }
7260
7261     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7262     {
7263         temp = leftCol;
7264         leftCol = rightCol;
7265         rightCol = temp;
7266     }
7267
7268     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7269     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7270
7271     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7272     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7273          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7274     {
7275         wxRect rect;
7276         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7277                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7278         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7279     }
7280
7281     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7282     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7283               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7284     {
7285         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7286         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7287         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7288         wxRect  rect[4];
7289         bool    need_refresh[4];
7290         need_refresh[0] =
7291         need_refresh[1] =
7292         need_refresh[2] =
7293         need_refresh[3] = false;
7294         int     i;
7295
7296         // Store intermediate values
7297         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7298         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7299         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7300         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7301
7302         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7303         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7304         {
7305             temp = oldLeft;
7306             oldLeft = leftCol;
7307             leftCol = temp;
7308         }
7309         if (oldTop > topRow )
7310         {
7311             temp = oldTop;
7312             oldTop = topRow;
7313             topRow = temp;
7314         }
7315         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7316         {
7317             temp = oldRight;
7318             oldRight = rightCol;
7319             rightCol = temp;
7320         }
7321         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7322         {
7323             temp = oldBottom;
7324             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7325             bottomRow = temp;
7326         }
7327
7328         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7329         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7330         // is contained in the other.
7331
7332         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7333         {
7334             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7335             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7336             need_refresh[0] = true;
7337             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7338                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7339                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7340         }
7341
7342         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7343         {
7344             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7345             // area above the old or new selection.
7346             need_refresh[1] = true;
7347             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7348                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7349                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7350         }
7351
7352         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7353         {
7354             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7355             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7356             need_refresh[2] = true;
7357             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7358                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7359                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7360         }
7361
7362         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7363         {
7364             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7365             // area below the old or new selection.
7366             need_refresh[3] = true;
7367             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7368                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7369                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7370         }
7371
7372         // various Refresh() calls
7373         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7374             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7375                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7376     }
7377
7378     // change selection
7379     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7380     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7381 }
7382
7383 //
7384 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7385 //
7386
7387 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7388 {
7389     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7390     HideCellEditControl();
7391
7392     if ( m_table )
7393     {
7394         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7395         //
7396         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7397         return true;
7398     }
7399
7400     return false;
7401 }
7402
7403 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7404 {
7405     int row, col;
7406
7407     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7408     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7409     // I think so ...
7410     DisableCellEditControl();
7411
7412     if ( m_table )
7413     {
7414         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7415         {
7416             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7417             {
7418                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7419             }
7420         }
7421
7422         return true;
7423     }
7424
7425     return false;
7426 }
7427
7428 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7429 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7430 // CalcExposedCells)
7431 //
7432 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7433 {
7434     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7435         return;
7436
7437     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7438     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7439     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7440
7441     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7442     {
7443         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7444         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7445         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7446
7447         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7448         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7449         {
7450             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7451             bool marked = false;
7452             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7453             {
7454                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7455                 {
7456                     marked = true;
7457                     break;
7458                 }
7459             }
7460
7461             if (!marked)
7462             {
7463                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7464                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7465                 {
7466                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7467                     {
7468                         marked = true;
7469                         break;
7470                     }
7471                 }
7472
7473                 if (!marked)
7474                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7475             }
7476
7477             // don't bother drawing this cell
7478             continue;
7479         }
7480
7481         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7482         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7483         {
7484             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7485             {
7486                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7487                 int left = col;
7488                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7489                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7490                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7491                     {
7492                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7493                     }
7494
7495                 if (left == col)
7496                     left = 0; // oh well
7497
7498                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7499                 {
7500                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7501                     {
7502                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7503                         {
7504                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7505                             bool marked = false;
7506
7507                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7508                             {
7509                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7510                                 {
7511                                     marked = true;
7512                                     break;
7513                                 }
7514                             }
7515
7516                             if (!marked)
7517                             {
7518                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7519                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7520                                 {
7521                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7522                                     {
7523                                         marked = true;
7524                                         break;
7525                                     }
7526                                 }
7527                                 if (!marked)
7528                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7529                             }
7530                         }
7531                         break;
7532                     }
7533                 }
7534             }
7535         }
7536
7537         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7538     }
7539
7540     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7541
7542     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7543     {
7544         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7545     }
7546 }
7547
7548 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7549 {
7550   int cw, ch;
7551   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7552
7553   int right, bottom;
7554   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7555
7556   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7557   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7558
7559   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7560   {
7561       int left, top;
7562       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7563
7564       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7565       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7566
7567       if ( right > rightCol )
7568       {
7569           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7570       }
7571
7572       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7573       {
7574           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7575       }
7576   }
7577 }
7578
7579 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7580 {
7581     int row = coords.GetRow();
7582     int col = coords.GetCol();
7583
7584     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7585         return;
7586
7587     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7588 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7589     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7590         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7591 #endif
7592
7593     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7594
7595     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7596
7597     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7598
7599     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7600     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7601     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7602     {
7603         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7604         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7605         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7606         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7607 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7608         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7609         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7610         editor->DecRef();
7611 #endif
7612     }
7613     else
7614     {
7615         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7616         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7617         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7618         renderer->DecRef();
7619     }
7620
7621     attr->DecRef();
7622 }
7623
7624 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7625 {
7626     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7627     if ( !HasFocus() )
7628         return;
7629
7630     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7631     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7632
7633     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7634         return;
7635
7636     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7637
7638     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7639     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7640     // it doesn't look really good
7641
7642     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7643
7644     if (penWidth > 0)
7645     {
7646         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7647         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7648         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7649         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7650         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7651         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7652         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7653         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7654         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7655
7656         // Now draw the rectangle
7657         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7658         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7659         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7660         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7661         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7662     }
7663
7664 #if 0
7665         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7666
7667         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7668         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7669                 y1 = rect.y,
7670                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7671                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7672
7673         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7674         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7675         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7676
7677         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7678         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7679
7680         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7681         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7682         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7683 #endif
7684 }
7685
7686 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7687 {
7688     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7689 }
7690
7691 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7692 {
7693     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7694 }
7695
7696 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7697 {
7698     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7699 }
7700
7701 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7702 {
7703     int row = coords.GetRow();
7704     int col = coords.GetCol();
7705     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7706         return;
7707
7708
7709     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7710
7711     // right hand border
7712     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7713     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7714                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7715
7716     // bottom border
7717     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7718     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7719                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7720 }
7721
7722 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7723 {
7724     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7725     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7726     //
7727     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7728          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7729     {
7730         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7731     }
7732
7733     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7734     {
7735         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7736         return;
7737     }
7738
7739     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7740     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7741     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7742     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7743     {
7744         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7745         {
7746             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7747             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7748             attr->DecRef();
7749
7750             break;
7751         }
7752     }
7753 }
7754
7755 // TODO: remove this ???
7756 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7757 // has been changed
7758 //
7759 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7760 {
7761 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7762     return;
7763 #endif
7764
7765     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7766          return;
7767
7768     int top, bottom, left, right;
7769
7770 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7771     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7772     {
7773       int cw, ch;
7774       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7775
7776       // virtual coords of visible area
7777       //
7778       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7779       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7780     }
7781     else
7782     {
7783       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7784       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7785       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7786       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7787     }
7788 #else
7789       int cw, ch;
7790       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7791       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7792       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7793 #endif
7794
7795     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7796     //
7797     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7798     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7799
7800     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7801     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7802     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7803     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7804     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7805
7806     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7807
7808     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7809     wxRect rect;
7810
7811     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7812     {
7813         int colPos;
7814         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7815         {
7816             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7817
7818             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7819             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7820             {
7821                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7822                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7823                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7824             }
7825             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7826             {
7827                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7828                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7829                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7830             }
7831         }
7832     }
7833
7834     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7835
7836
7837     // horizontal grid lines
7838     //
7839     // already declared above - int i;
7840     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7841     {
7842         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7843
7844         if ( bot > bottom )
7845         {
7846             break;
7847         }
7848
7849         if ( bot >= top )
7850         {
7851             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7852             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7853         }
7854     }
7855
7856     // vertical grid lines
7857     //
7858     int colPos;
7859     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7860     {
7861         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7862
7863         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7864 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7865         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7866 #endif
7867             colRight--;
7868
7869         if ( colRight > right )
7870         {
7871             break;
7872         }
7873
7874         if ( colRight >= left )
7875         {
7876             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7877             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7878         }
7879     }
7880
7881     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7882 }
7883
7884 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7885 {
7886     if ( !m_numRows )
7887         return;
7888
7889     size_t i;
7890     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7891
7892     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7893     {
7894         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7895     }
7896 }
7897
7898 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7899 {
7900     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7901         return;
7902
7903     wxRect rect;
7904
7905     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7906         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7907
7908     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7909     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7910     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7911     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7912
7913     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7914     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7915     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7916
7917     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7918     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7919     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7920
7921     int hAlign, vAlign;
7922     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7923
7924     rect.SetX( 2 );
7925     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7926     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7927     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7928     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7929 }
7930
7931 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7932 {
7933     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7934     if (native)
7935     {
7936         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7937         SetColLabelSize( height );
7938     }
7939
7940     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7941 }
7942
7943 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7944 {
7945     if ( !m_numCols )
7946         return;
7947
7948     size_t i;
7949     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7950
7951     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7952     {
7953         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7954     }
7955 }
7956
7957 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7958 {
7959     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7960         return;
7961
7962     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7963
7964     wxRect rect;
7965
7966     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7967     {
7968         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7969         rect.SetY( 0 );
7970         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7971         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7972
7973         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7974         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7975     }
7976     else
7977     {
7978         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7979
7980         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7981         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7982         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7983         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7984                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7985
7986         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7987         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7988         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7989     }
7990
7991     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7992     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7993     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7994
7995     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7996     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7997     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7998
7999     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8000     rect.SetY( 2 );
8001     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8002     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8003     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8004 }
8005
8006 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8007                                 const wxString& value,
8008                                 const wxRect& rect,
8009                                 int horizAlign,
8010                                 int vertAlign,
8011                                 int textOrientation )
8012 {
8013     wxArrayString lines;
8014
8015     StringToLines( value, lines );
8016
8017     // Forward to new API.
8018     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8019         lines,
8020         rect,
8021         horizAlign,
8022         vertAlign,
8023         textOrientation );
8024 }
8025
8026 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8027 //     add textOrientation support
8028 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8029                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8030                                const wxRect& rect,
8031                                int horizAlign,
8032                                int vertAlign,
8033                                int textOrientation)
8034 {
8035     if ( lines.empty() )
8036         return;
8037
8038     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8039
8040     long textWidth,
8041          textHeight;
8042
8043     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8044         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8045     else
8046         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8047
8048     int x = 0,
8049         y = 0;
8050     switch ( vertAlign )
8051     {
8052         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8053             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8054                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8055             else
8056                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8057             break;
8058
8059         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8060             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8061                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8062             else
8063                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8064             break;
8065
8066         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8067         default:
8068             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8069                 y = rect.y + 1;
8070             else
8071                 x = rect.x + 1;
8072             break;
8073     }
8074
8075     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8076     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8077     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8078     {
8079         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8080
8081         if ( line.empty() )
8082         {
8083             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8084             continue;
8085         }
8086
8087         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8088              lineHeight = 0;
8089         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8090
8091         switch ( horizAlign )
8092         {
8093             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8094                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8095                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8096                 else
8097                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8098                 break;
8099
8100             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8101                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8102                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8103                 else
8104                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8105                 break;
8106
8107             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8108             default:
8109                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8110                     x = rect.x + 1;
8111                 else
8112                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8113                 break;
8114         }
8115
8116         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8117         {
8118             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8119             y += lineHeight;
8120         }
8121         else
8122         {
8123             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8124             x += lineHeight;
8125         }
8126     }
8127 }
8128
8129 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8130 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8131 //
8132 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8133 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8134 {
8135     int startPos = 0;
8136     int pos;
8137     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8138     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8139
8140     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8141     {
8142         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8143         if ( pos < 0 )
8144         {
8145             break;
8146         }
8147         else if ( pos == 0 )
8148         {
8149             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8150         }
8151         else
8152         {
8153             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8154         }
8155
8156         startPos += pos + 1;
8157     }
8158
8159     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8160     {
8161         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8162     }
8163 }
8164
8165 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8166                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8167                              long *width, long *height ) const
8168 {
8169     wxCoord w = 0;
8170     wxCoord h = 0;
8171     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8172
8173     size_t i;
8174     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8175     {
8176         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8177         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8178         h += lineH;
8179     }
8180
8181     *width = w;
8182     *height = h;
8183 }
8184
8185 //
8186 // ------ Batch processing.
8187 //
8188 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8189 {
8190     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8191     {
8192         m_batchCount--;
8193         if ( !m_batchCount )
8194         {
8195             CalcDimensions();
8196             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8197             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8198             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8199             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8200         }
8201     }
8202 }
8203
8204 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8205 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8206 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8207 //
8208 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8209 {
8210     BeginBatch();
8211     EndBatch();
8212 }
8213
8214 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8215 {
8216     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8217         return false;
8218
8219     // redraw in the new state
8220     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8221
8222     return true;
8223 }
8224
8225 //
8226 // ------ Edit control functions
8227 //
8228
8229 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8230 {
8231     // TODO: improve this ?
8232     //
8233     if ( edit != m_editable )
8234     {
8235         if (!edit)
8236             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8237         m_editable = edit;
8238     }
8239 }
8240
8241 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8242 {
8243     if (! m_editable)
8244         return;
8245
8246     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8247     {
8248         if ( enable )
8249         {
8250             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8251                 return;
8252
8253             // this should be checked by the caller!
8254             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8255
8256             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8257             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8258
8259             ShowCellEditControl();
8260         }
8261         else
8262         {
8263             //FIXME:add veto support
8264             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8265
8266             HideCellEditControl();
8267             SaveEditControlValue();
8268
8269             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8270             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8271         }
8272     }
8273 }
8274
8275 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8276 {
8277     // const_cast
8278     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8279     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8280     attr->DecRef();
8281
8282     return readonly;
8283 }
8284
8285 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8286 {
8287     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8288         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8289 }
8290
8291 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8292 {
8293     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8294     // current one if it's read only
8295     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8296 }
8297
8298 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8299 {
8300     bool isShown = false;
8301
8302     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8303     {
8304         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8305         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8306         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8307         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8308         attr->DecRef();
8309
8310         if ( editor )
8311         {
8312             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8313             {
8314                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8315             }
8316
8317             editor->DecRef();
8318         }
8319     }
8320
8321     return isShown;
8322 }
8323
8324 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8325 {
8326     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8327     {
8328         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8329         {
8330             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8331             return;
8332         }
8333         else
8334         {
8335             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8336             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8337             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8338
8339             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8340             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8341             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8342             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8343             {
8344                 row += cell_rows;
8345                 col += cell_cols;
8346                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8347                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8348             }
8349
8350             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8351             // might not cover the entire cell
8352             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8353             PrepareDC( dc );
8354             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8355             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8356             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8357             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8358
8359             // convert to scrolled coords
8360             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8361
8362             int nXMove = 0;
8363             if (rect.x < 0)
8364                 nXMove = rect.x;
8365
8366             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8367             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8368             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8369             // "don't change."
8370             if (rect.x > 0)
8371                 rect.x--;
8372             if (rect.y > 0)
8373                 rect.y--;
8374
8375             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8376             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8377             {
8378                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8379                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8380
8381                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8382                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8383                                              this,
8384                                              row,
8385                                              col,
8386                                              editor->GetControl());
8387                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8388             }
8389
8390             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8391             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8392             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8393             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8394             {
8395                 int y;
8396                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8397                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8398                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8399             }
8400
8401             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8402             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8403                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8404
8405             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8406             {
8407                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8408                 // may have changed earlier
8409                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8410                 {
8411                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8412                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8413
8414                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8415                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8416                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8417                     {
8418                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8419                     }
8420                     else
8421                         break;
8422                 }
8423
8424                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8425                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8426             }
8427
8428             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8429             editor->SetSize( rect );
8430             if (nXMove != 0)
8431                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8432                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8433                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8434             editor->Show( true, attr );
8435
8436             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8437             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8438             CalcDimensions();
8439
8440             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8441             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8442
8443             editor->DecRef();
8444             attr->DecRef();
8445         }
8446     }
8447 }
8448
8449 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8450 {
8451     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8452     {
8453         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8454         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8455
8456         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8457         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8458         editor->Show( false );
8459         editor->DecRef();
8460         attr->DecRef();
8461
8462         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8463
8464         // refresh whole row to the right
8465         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8466         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8467         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8468
8469 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8470         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8471         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8472 #endif
8473
8474         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8475     }
8476 }
8477
8478 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8479 {
8480     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8481     {
8482         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8483         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8484
8485         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8486
8487         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8488         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8489         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8490
8491         editor->DecRef();
8492         attr->DecRef();
8493
8494         if (changed)
8495         {
8496             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8497                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8498                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8499             {
8500                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8501                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8502             }
8503         }
8504     }
8505 }
8506
8507 //
8508 // ------ Grid location functions
8509 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8510 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8511 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8512 //
8513
8514 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8515 {
8516     int row = YToRow(y);
8517     int col = XToCol(x);
8518
8519     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8520     {
8521         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8522     }
8523     else
8524     {
8525         coords.Set( row, col );
8526     }
8527 }
8528
8529 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8530 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8531 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8532 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8533
8534 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8535                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8536                            bool clipToMinMax)
8537 {
8538     if (coord < 0)
8539         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8540
8541     if (!defaultDist)
8542         defaultDist = 1;
8543
8544     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8545            i_min = 0;
8546
8547     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8548     {
8549         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8550             return i_max;
8551         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8552     }
8553
8554     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8555     {
8556         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8557     }
8558     else
8559     {
8560         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8561         {
8562             i_min = i_max;
8563             if (minDist)
8564                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8565             else
8566                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8567         }
8568
8569         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8570             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8571     }
8572
8573     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8574         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8575     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8576         return 0;
8577
8578     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8579     {
8580         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8581                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8582         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8583             return i_max;
8584         else
8585             i_max--;
8586         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8587         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8588             i_max = median;
8589         else
8590             i_min = median;
8591     }
8592
8593     return i_max;
8594 }
8595
8596 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8597 {
8598     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8599                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8600 }
8601
8602 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8603 {
8604     if (x < 0)
8605         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8606
8607     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8608
8609     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8610     int minPos = 0;
8611
8612     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8613     {
8614         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8615             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8616         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8617     }
8618
8619     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8620         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8621     else
8622     {
8623         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8624         {
8625             minPos = maxPos;
8626             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8627                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8628             else
8629                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8630         }
8631         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8632             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8633     }
8634
8635     //X is beyond the last column
8636     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8637         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8638
8639     //X is before the first column
8640     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8641         return GetColAt( 0 );
8642
8643     //Perform a binary search
8644     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8645     {
8646         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8647                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8648
8649         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8650             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8651         else
8652             maxPos--;
8653         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8654         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8655             maxPos = median;
8656         else
8657             minPos = median;
8658     }
8659     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8660 }
8661
8662 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8663 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8664 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8665 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8666 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8667 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8668 //        near the edge).
8669 //   and
8670 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8671 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8672 //
8673 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8674 {
8675     int i;
8676     i = internalYToRow(y);
8677
8678     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8679     {
8680         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8681         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8682         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8683             return i;
8684         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8685             return i - 1;
8686     }
8687
8688     return -1;
8689 }
8690
8691 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8692 // -1 if not near an edge
8693 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8694 //
8695 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8696 {
8697     int i;
8698     i = internalXToCol(x);
8699
8700     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8701     {
8702         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8703         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8704         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8705             return i;
8706         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8707             return i - 1;
8708     }
8709
8710     return -1;
8711 }
8712
8713 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8714 {
8715     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8716
8717     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8718          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8719     {
8720         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8721         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8722         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8723         // if negative then find multicell owner
8724         if (cell_rows < 0)
8725             row += cell_rows;
8726         if (cell_cols < 0)
8727              col += cell_cols;
8728         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8729
8730         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8731         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8732         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8733             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8734         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8735             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8736     }
8737
8738     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8739     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8740     {
8741         rect.width -= 1;
8742         rect.height -= 1;
8743     }
8744
8745     return rect;
8746 }
8747
8748 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8749 {
8750     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8751     //
8752     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8753
8754     // convert to device coords
8755     //
8756     int left, top, right, bottom;
8757     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8758     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8759
8760     // check against the client area of the grid window
8761     int cw, ch;
8762     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8763
8764     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8765     {
8766         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8767         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8768                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8769     }
8770     else
8771     {
8772         // is the cell partly visible ?
8773         //
8774         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8775                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8776     }
8777 }
8778
8779 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8780 // of scrolling
8781 //
8782 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8783 {
8784     int i;
8785     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8786
8787     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8788          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8789     {
8790         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8791         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8792
8793         // convert to device coords
8794         int left, top, right, bottom;
8795         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8796         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8797
8798         int cw, ch;
8799         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8800
8801         if ( top < 0 )
8802         {
8803             ypos = r.GetTop();
8804         }
8805         else if ( bottom > ch )
8806         {
8807             int h = r.GetHeight();
8808             ypos = r.GetTop();
8809             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8810             {
8811                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8812                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8813                     break;
8814
8815                 h += rowHeight;
8816                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8817             }
8818
8819             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8820             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8821             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8822             //
8823             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8824             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8825             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8826         }
8827
8828         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8829         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8830         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8831 //      if ( left < 0 )
8832         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8833         {
8834             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8835         }
8836         else if ( right > cw )
8837         {
8838             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8839             int x0, y0;
8840             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8841             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8842
8843             // see comment for ypos above
8844             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8845         }
8846
8847         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8848         {
8849             if ( xpos != -1 )
8850                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8851             if ( ypos != -1 )
8852                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8853             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8854             AdjustScrollbars();
8855         }
8856     }
8857 }
8858
8859 //
8860 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8861 //
8862
8863 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8864 {
8865     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8866          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8867     {
8868         if ( expandSelection )
8869         {
8870             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8871                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8872             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8873             {
8874                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8875                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8876                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8877                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8878             }
8879         }
8880         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8881         {
8882             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8883             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8884             ClearSelection();
8885             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8886             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8887         }
8888         else
8889             return false;
8890
8891         return true;
8892     }
8893
8894     return false;
8895 }
8896
8897 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8898 {
8899     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8900          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8901     {
8902         if ( expandSelection )
8903         {
8904             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8905                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8906             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8907             {
8908                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8909                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8910                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8911                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8912             }
8913         }
8914         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8915         {
8916             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8917             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8918             ClearSelection();
8919             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8920             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8921         }
8922         else
8923             return false;
8924
8925         return true;
8926     }
8927
8928     return false;
8929 }
8930
8931 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8932 {
8933     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8934          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8935     {
8936         if ( expandSelection )
8937         {
8938             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8939                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8940             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8941             {
8942                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8943                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8944                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8945                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8946             }
8947         }
8948         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8949         {
8950             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8951             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8952             ClearSelection();
8953
8954             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8955             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8956         }
8957         else
8958             return false;
8959
8960         return true;
8961     }
8962
8963     return false;
8964 }
8965
8966 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8967 {
8968     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8969          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8970     {
8971         if ( expandSelection )
8972         {
8973             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8974                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8975             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8976             {
8977                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8978                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8979                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8980                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8981             }
8982         }
8983         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8984         {
8985             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8986             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8987             ClearSelection();
8988
8989             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8990             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8991         }
8992         else
8993             return false;
8994
8995         return true;
8996     }
8997
8998     return false;
8999 }
9000
9001 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9002 {
9003     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9004         return false;
9005
9006     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9007     if ( row > 0 )
9008     {
9009         int cw, ch;
9010         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9011
9012         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9013         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9014
9015         if ( newRow == row )
9016         {
9017             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9018             newRow = row - 1;
9019         }
9020
9021         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9022         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9023
9024         return true;
9025     }
9026
9027     return false;
9028 }
9029
9030 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9031 {
9032     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9033         return false;
9034
9035     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9036     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9037     {
9038         int cw, ch;
9039         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9040
9041         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9042         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9043         if ( newRow == row )
9044         {
9045             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9046             newRow = row + 1;
9047         }
9048
9049         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9050         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9051
9052         return true;
9053     }
9054
9055     return false;
9056 }
9057
9058 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9059 {
9060     if ( m_table &&
9061          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9062          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9063     {
9064         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9065         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9066
9067         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9068         {
9069             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9070             // non-empty cells
9071             //
9072             while ( row > 0 )
9073             {
9074                 row--;
9075                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9076                     break;
9077             }
9078         }
9079         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9080         {
9081             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9082             //
9083             row--;
9084             while ( row > 0 )
9085             {
9086                 row--;
9087                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9088                     break;
9089             }
9090         }
9091         else
9092         {
9093             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9094             //
9095             while ( row > 0 )
9096             {
9097                 row--;
9098                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9099                 {
9100                     row++;
9101                     break;
9102                 }
9103             }
9104         }
9105
9106         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9107         if ( expandSelection )
9108         {
9109             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9110             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9111         }
9112         else
9113         {
9114             ClearSelection();
9115             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9116         }
9117
9118         return true;
9119     }
9120
9121     return false;
9122 }
9123
9124 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9125 {
9126     if ( m_table &&
9127          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9128          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9129     {
9130         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9131         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9132
9133         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9134         {
9135             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9136             // non-empty cells
9137             //
9138             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9139             {
9140                 row++;
9141                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9142                     break;
9143             }
9144         }
9145         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9146         {
9147             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9148             //
9149             row++;
9150             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9151             {
9152                 row++;
9153                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9154                     break;
9155             }
9156         }
9157         else
9158         {
9159             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9160             //
9161             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9162             {
9163                 row++;
9164                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9165                 {
9166                     row--;
9167                     break;
9168                 }
9169             }
9170         }
9171
9172         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9173         if ( expandSelection )
9174         {
9175             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9176             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9177         }
9178         else
9179         {
9180             ClearSelection();
9181             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9182         }
9183
9184         return true;
9185     }
9186
9187     return false;
9188 }
9189
9190 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9191 {
9192     if ( m_table &&
9193          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9194          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9195     {
9196         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9197         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9198
9199         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9200         {
9201             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9202             // non-empty cells
9203             //
9204             while ( col > 0 )
9205             {
9206                 col--;
9207                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9208                     break;
9209             }
9210         }
9211         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9212         {
9213             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9214             //
9215             col--;
9216             while ( col > 0 )
9217             {
9218                 col--;
9219                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9220                     break;
9221             }
9222         }
9223         else
9224         {
9225             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9226             //
9227             while ( col > 0 )
9228             {
9229                 col--;
9230                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9231                 {
9232                     col++;
9233                     break;
9234                 }
9235             }
9236         }
9237
9238         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9239         if ( expandSelection )
9240         {
9241             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9242             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9243         }
9244         else
9245         {
9246             ClearSelection();
9247             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9248         }
9249
9250         return true;
9251     }
9252
9253     return false;
9254 }
9255
9256 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9257 {
9258     if ( m_table &&
9259          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9260          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9261     {
9262         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9263         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9264
9265         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9266         {
9267             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9268             // non-empty cells
9269             //
9270             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9271             {
9272                 col++;
9273                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9274                     break;
9275             }
9276         }
9277         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9278         {
9279             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9280             //
9281             col++;
9282             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9283             {
9284                 col++;
9285                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9286                     break;
9287             }
9288         }
9289         else
9290         {
9291             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9292             //
9293             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9294             {
9295                 col++;
9296                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9297                 {
9298                     col--;
9299                     break;
9300                 }
9301             }
9302         }
9303
9304         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9305         if ( expandSelection )
9306         {
9307             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9308             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9309         }
9310         else
9311         {
9312             ClearSelection();
9313             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9314         }
9315
9316         return true;
9317     }
9318
9319     return false;
9320 }
9321
9322 //
9323 // ------ Label values and formatting
9324 //
9325
9326 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9327 {
9328     if ( horiz )
9329         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9330     if ( vert )
9331         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9332 }
9333
9334 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9335 {
9336     if ( horiz )
9337         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9338     if ( vert )
9339         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9340 }
9341
9342 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9343 {
9344     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9345 }
9346
9347 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9348 {
9349     if ( m_table )
9350     {
9351         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9352     }
9353     else
9354     {
9355         wxString s;
9356         s << row;
9357         return s;
9358     }
9359 }
9360
9361 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9362 {
9363     if ( m_table )
9364     {
9365         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9366     }
9367     else
9368     {
9369         wxString s;
9370         s << col;
9371         return s;
9372     }
9373 }
9374
9375 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9376 {
9377     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9378
9379     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9380     {
9381         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9382     }
9383
9384     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9385     {
9386         if ( width == 0 )
9387         {
9388             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9389             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9390         }
9391         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9392         {
9393             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9394             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9395                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9396         }
9397
9398         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9399         CalcWindowSizes();
9400         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9401     }
9402 }
9403
9404 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9405 {
9406     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9407
9408     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9409     {
9410         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9411     }
9412
9413     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9414     {
9415         if ( height == 0 )
9416         {
9417             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9418             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9419         }
9420         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9421         {
9422             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9423             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9424                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9425         }
9426
9427         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9428         CalcWindowSizes();
9429         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9430     }
9431 }
9432
9433 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9434 {
9435     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9436     {
9437         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9438         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9439         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9440         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9441
9442         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9443         {
9444             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9445             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9446             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9447         }
9448     }
9449 }
9450
9451 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9452 {
9453     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9454     {
9455         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9456         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9457         {
9458             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9459             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9460         }
9461     }
9462 }
9463
9464 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9465 {
9466     m_labelFont = font;
9467     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9468     {
9469         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9470         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9471     }
9472 }
9473
9474 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9475 {
9476     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9477     switch ( horiz )
9478     {
9479         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9480         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9481         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9482     }
9483
9484     switch ( vert )
9485     {
9486         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9487         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9488         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9489     }
9490
9491     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9492     {
9493         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9494     }
9495
9496     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9497     {
9498         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9499     }
9500
9501     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9502     {
9503         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9504     }
9505 }
9506
9507 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9508 {
9509     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9510     switch ( horiz )
9511     {
9512         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9513         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9514         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9515     }
9516
9517     switch ( vert )
9518     {
9519         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9520         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9521         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9522     }
9523
9524     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9525     {
9526         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9527     }
9528
9529     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9530     {
9531         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9532     }
9533
9534     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9535     {
9536         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9537     }
9538 }
9539
9540 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9541 //       does not support vertical printing
9542 //
9543 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9544 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9545 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9546 //
9547 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9548 {
9549     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9550         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9551
9552     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9553         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9554 }
9555
9556 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9557 {
9558     if ( m_table )
9559     {
9560         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9561         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9562         {
9563             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9564             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9565             {
9566                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9567                 rect.x = 0;
9568                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9569                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9570             }
9571         }
9572     }
9573 }
9574
9575 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9576 {
9577     if ( m_table )
9578     {
9579         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9580         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9581         {
9582             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9583             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9584             {
9585                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9586                 rect.y = 0;
9587                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9588                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9589             }
9590         }
9591     }
9592 }
9593
9594 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9595 {
9596     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9597     {
9598         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9599
9600         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9601         PrepareDC( dc );
9602         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9603     }
9604 }
9605
9606 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9607 {
9608     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9609     {
9610         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9611
9612         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9613         PrepareDC( dc );
9614         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9615         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9616         attr->DecRef();
9617     }
9618 }
9619
9620 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9621 {
9622     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9623     {
9624         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9625
9626         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9627         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9628         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9629         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9630         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9631             return;
9632
9633         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9634         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9635     }
9636 }
9637
9638 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9639 {
9640     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9641     {
9642         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9643
9644         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9645         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9646         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9647         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9648         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9649                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9650             return;
9651
9652         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9653         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9654     }
9655 }
9656
9657 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9658 {
9659     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9660     {
9661         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9662
9663         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9664         {
9665             if ( enable )
9666             {
9667                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9668                 PrepareDC( dc );
9669                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9670             }
9671             else
9672             {
9673                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9674             }
9675         }
9676     }
9677 }
9678
9679 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9680 {
9681     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9682 }
9683
9684 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9685 {
9686     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9687
9688     return GetRowHeight(row);
9689 }
9690
9691 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9692 {
9693     return m_defaultColWidth;
9694 }
9695
9696 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9697 {
9698     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9699
9700     return GetColWidth(col);
9701 }
9702
9703 // ============================================================================
9704 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9705 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9706 // ============================================================================
9707
9708 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9709 // setting default attributes
9710 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9711
9712 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9713 {
9714     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9715 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9716     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9717 #endif
9718 }
9719
9720 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9721 {
9722     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9723 }
9724
9725 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9726 {
9727     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9728 }
9729
9730 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9731 {
9732     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9733 }
9734
9735 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9736 {
9737     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9738 }
9739
9740 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9741 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9742 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9743 // work correctly.
9744
9745 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9746 {
9747     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9748                      renderer,
9749                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9750 }
9751
9752 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9753 {
9754     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9755                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9756                      editor);
9757 }
9758
9759 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9760 // access to the default attributes
9761 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9762
9763 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9764 {
9765     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9766 }
9767
9768 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9769 {
9770     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9771 }
9772
9773 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9774 {
9775     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9776 }
9777
9778 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9779 {
9780     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9781 }
9782
9783 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9784 {
9785     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9786 }
9787
9788 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9789 {
9790     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9791 }
9792
9793 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9794 {
9795     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9796 }
9797
9798 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9799 // access to cell attributes
9800 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9801
9802 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9803 {
9804     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9805     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9806     attr->DecRef();
9807
9808     return colour;
9809 }
9810
9811 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9812 {
9813     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9814     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9815     attr->DecRef();
9816
9817     return colour;
9818 }
9819
9820 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9821 {
9822     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9823     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9824     attr->DecRef();
9825
9826     return font;
9827 }
9828
9829 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9830 {
9831     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9832     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9833     attr->DecRef();
9834 }
9835
9836 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9837 {
9838     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9839     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9840     attr->DecRef();
9841
9842     return allow;
9843 }
9844
9845 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9846 {
9847     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9848     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9849     attr->DecRef();
9850 }
9851
9852 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9853 {
9854     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9855     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9856     attr->DecRef();
9857
9858     return renderer;
9859 }
9860
9861 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9862 {
9863     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9864     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9865     attr->DecRef();
9866
9867     return editor;
9868 }
9869
9870 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9871 {
9872     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9873     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9874     attr->DecRef();
9875
9876     return isReadOnly;
9877 }
9878
9879 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9880 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9881 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9882
9883 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9884 {
9885     if ( !m_table )
9886     {
9887         return false;
9888     }
9889
9890     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9891 }
9892
9893 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9894 {
9895     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9896     {
9897         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9898         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9899         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9900     }
9901 }
9902
9903 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9904 {
9905     if ( attr != NULL )
9906     {
9907         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9908
9909         self->ClearAttrCache();
9910         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9911         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9912         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9913         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9914     }
9915 }
9916
9917 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9918 {
9919     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9920     {
9921         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9922         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9923
9924 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9925         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9926 #endif
9927
9928         return true;
9929     }
9930     else
9931     {
9932 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9933         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9934 #endif
9935
9936         return false;
9937     }
9938 }
9939
9940 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9941 {
9942     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9943     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9944     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9945     if ( row >= 0 )
9946     {
9947         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9948         {
9949             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9950                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9951             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9952         }
9953     }
9954
9955     if (attr)
9956     {
9957         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9958     }
9959     else
9960     {
9961         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9962         attr->IncRef();
9963     }
9964
9965     return attr;
9966 }
9967
9968 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9969 {
9970     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9971     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9972
9973     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9974     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9975
9976     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9977     if ( !attr )
9978     {
9979         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9980
9981         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9982         attr->IncRef();
9983         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9984     }
9985
9986     return attr;
9987 }
9988
9989 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9990 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9991 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9992
9993 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9994 {
9995     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9996 }
9997
9998 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9999 {
10000     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10001 }
10002
10003 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10004 {
10005     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10006     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10007     {
10008         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10009     }
10010
10011     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10012 }
10013
10014 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10015 {
10016     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10017     if (!attr)
10018         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10019     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10020     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10021
10022     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10023
10024 }
10025
10026 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10027 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10028 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10029
10030 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10031 {
10032     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10033     {
10034         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10035         ClearAttrCache();
10036     }
10037     else
10038     {
10039         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10040     }
10041 }
10042
10043 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10044 {
10045     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10046     {
10047         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10048         ClearAttrCache();
10049     }
10050     else
10051     {
10052         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10053     }
10054 }
10055
10056 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10057 {
10058     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10059     {
10060         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10061         ClearAttrCache();
10062     }
10063     else
10064     {
10065         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10066     }
10067 }
10068
10069 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10070 {
10071     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10072     {
10073         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10074         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10075         attr->DecRef();
10076     }
10077 }
10078
10079 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10080 {
10081     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10082     {
10083         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10084         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10085         attr->DecRef();
10086     }
10087 }
10088
10089 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10090 {
10091     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10092     {
10093         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10094         attr->SetFont(font);
10095         attr->DecRef();
10096     }
10097 }
10098
10099 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10100 {
10101     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10102     {
10103         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10104         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10105         attr->DecRef();
10106     }
10107 }
10108
10109 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10110 {
10111     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10112     {
10113         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10114         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10115         attr->DecRef();
10116     }
10117 }
10118
10119 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10120 {
10121     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10122     {
10123         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10124
10125         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10126         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10127         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10128         attr->DecRef();
10129
10130         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10131         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10132         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10133         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10134         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10135                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10136         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10137                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10138
10139         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10140         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10141         {
10142             int i, j;
10143             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10144             {
10145                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10146                 {
10147                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10148                     {
10149                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10150                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10151                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10152                     }
10153                 }
10154             }
10155         }
10156
10157         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10158         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10159         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10160         {
10161             int i, j;
10162             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10163             {
10164                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10165                 {
10166                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10167                     {
10168                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10169                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10170                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10171                     }
10172                 }
10173             }
10174         }
10175     }
10176 }
10177
10178 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10179 {
10180     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10181     {
10182         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10183         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10184         attr->DecRef();
10185     }
10186 }
10187
10188 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10189 {
10190     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10191     {
10192         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10193         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10194         attr->DecRef();
10195     }
10196 }
10197
10198 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10199 {
10200     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10201     {
10202         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10203         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10204         attr->DecRef();
10205     }
10206 }
10207
10208 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10209 // Data type registration
10210 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10211
10212 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10213                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10214                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10215 {
10216     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10217 }
10218
10219
10220 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10221 {
10222     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10223     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10224 }
10225
10226 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10227 {
10228     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10229     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10230 }
10231
10232 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10233 {
10234     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10235     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10236     {
10237         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10238
10239         return NULL;
10240     }
10241
10242     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10243 }
10244
10245 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10246 {
10247     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10248     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10249     {
10250         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10251
10252         return NULL;
10253     }
10254
10255     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10256 }
10257
10258 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10259 // row/col size
10260 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10261
10262 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10263 {
10264     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10265 }
10266
10267 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10268 {
10269     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10270 }
10271
10272 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10273 {
10274     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10275 }
10276
10277 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10278 {
10279     m_canDragCell = enable;
10280 }
10281
10282 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10283 {
10284     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10285
10286     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10287     {
10288         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10289         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10290         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10291         // some speed optimisations)
10292         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10293         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10294         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10295             CalcDimensions();
10296     }
10297 }
10298
10299 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10300 {
10301     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10302
10303     // See comment in SetColSize
10304     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10305         return;
10306
10307     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10308     {
10309         // need to really create the array
10310         InitRowHeights();
10311     }
10312
10313     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10314     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10315
10316     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10317     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10318     {
10319         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10320     }
10321
10322     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10323         CalcDimensions();
10324 }
10325
10326 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10327 {
10328     // we dont allow zero default column width
10329     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10330
10331     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10332     {
10333         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10334         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10335         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10336         // some speed optimisations)
10337         m_colWidths.Empty();
10338         m_colRights.Empty();
10339         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10340             CalcDimensions();
10341     }
10342 }
10343
10344 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10345 {
10346     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10347
10348     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10349     //                                                                 (VZ)
10350     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10351     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10352     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10353     //
10354     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10355
10356     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10357         return;
10358
10359     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10360     {
10361         // need to really create the array
10362         InitColWidths();
10363     }
10364
10365     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10366     if ( width < 0 )
10367     {
10368         long w, h;
10369         wxArrayString lines;
10370         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10371         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10372         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10373         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10374         width = w + 6;
10375     }
10376
10377     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10378     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10379     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10380
10381     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10382     {
10383         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10384     }
10385
10386     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10387         CalcDimensions();
10388 }
10389
10390 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10391 {
10392     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10393     {
10394         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10395         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10396     }
10397 }
10398
10399 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10400 {
10401     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10402     {
10403         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10404         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10405     }
10406 }
10407
10408 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10409 {
10410     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10411     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10412
10413     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10414 }
10415
10416 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10417 {
10418     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10419     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10420
10421     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10422 }
10423
10424 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10425 {
10426     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10427     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10428     if ( width >= 0 )
10429         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10430 }
10431
10432 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10433 {
10434     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10435     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10436     if ( height >= 0 )
10437         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10438 }
10439
10440 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10441 {
10442     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10443 }
10444
10445 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10446 {
10447     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10448 }
10449
10450 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10451 // auto sizing
10452 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10453
10454 void
10455 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10456 {
10457     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10458
10459     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10460
10461     // cancel editing of cell
10462     HideCellEditControl();
10463     SaveEditControlValue();
10464
10465     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10466     int row = -1,
10467         col = -1;
10468     if ( column )
10469         col = colOrRow;
10470     else
10471         row = colOrRow;
10472
10473     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10474     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10475     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10476     {
10477         if ( column )
10478             row = rowOrCol;
10479         else
10480             col = rowOrCol;
10481
10482         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10483         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10484         if ( renderer )
10485         {
10486             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10487             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10488             if ( extent > extentMax )
10489                 extentMax = extent;
10490
10491             renderer->DecRef();
10492         }
10493
10494         attr->DecRef();
10495     }
10496
10497     // now also compare with the column label extent
10498     wxCoord w, h;
10499     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10500
10501     if ( column )
10502     {
10503         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10504         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10505             w = h;
10506     }
10507     else
10508         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10509
10510     extent = column ? w : h;
10511     if ( extent > extentMax )
10512         extentMax = extent;
10513
10514     if ( !extentMax )
10515     {
10516         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10517         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10518         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10519     }
10520     else
10521     {
10522         if ( column )
10523             // leave some space around text
10524             extentMax += 10;
10525         else
10526             extentMax += 6;
10527     }
10528
10529     if ( column )
10530     {
10531         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10532         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10533         // in SetColSize().
10534         if ( !setAsMin )
10535             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10536
10537         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10538         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10539         {
10540             int cw, ch, dummy;
10541             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10542             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10543             rect.y = 0;
10544             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10545             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10546             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10547             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10548         }
10549     }
10550     else
10551     {
10552         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10553         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10554         // in SetRowSize().
10555         if ( !setAsMin )
10556             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10557
10558         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10559         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10560         {
10561             int cw, ch, dummy;
10562             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10563             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10564             rect.x = 0;
10565             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10566             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10567             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10568             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10569         }
10570     }
10571
10572     if ( setAsMin )
10573     {
10574         if ( column )
10575             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10576         else
10577             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10578     }
10579 }
10580
10581 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10582 {
10583     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10584     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10585
10586     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10587                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10588     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10589
10590     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10591     //
10592     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10593     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10594     const bool
10595         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10596
10597     wxArrayString lines;
10598     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10599
10600     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10601     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10602     {
10603         lines.Clear();
10604
10605         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10606                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10607         StringToLines(label, lines);
10608
10609         long w, h;
10610         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10611
10612         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10613         if ( extent > extentMax )
10614             extentMax = extent;
10615     }
10616
10617     if ( !extentMax )
10618     {
10619         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10620         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10621         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10622                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10623     }
10624
10625     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10626     if ( calcRows )
10627         extentMax += 10;
10628     else
10629         extentMax += 6;
10630
10631     return extentMax;
10632 }
10633
10634 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10635 {
10636     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10637
10638     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10639     if(!calcOnly)
10640         locker.Create(this);
10641
10642     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10643     {
10644         if ( !calcOnly )
10645             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10646
10647         width += GetColWidth(col);
10648     }
10649
10650     return width;
10651 }
10652
10653 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10654 {
10655     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10656
10657     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10658     if(!calcOnly)
10659         locker.Create(this);
10660
10661     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10662     {
10663         if ( !calcOnly )
10664             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10665
10666         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10667     }
10668
10669     return height;
10670 }
10671
10672 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10673 {
10674     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10675
10676     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10677     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10678     // exactly to fit our contents
10679     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10680                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10681     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10682                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10683
10684     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10685     // extra white space
10686     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10687     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10688     {
10689         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10690         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10691         if ( diffPerCol )
10692         {
10693             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10694             {
10695                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10696             }
10697         }
10698
10699         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10700         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10701         if ( diff )
10702         {
10703             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10704             {
10705                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10706             }
10707         }
10708     }
10709
10710     // same for rows
10711     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10712     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10713     {
10714         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10715         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10716         if ( diffPerRow )
10717         {
10718             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10719             {
10720                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10721             }
10722         }
10723
10724         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10725         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10726         if ( diff )
10727         {
10728             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10729             {
10730                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10731             }
10732         }
10733     }
10734
10735     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10736     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10737     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10738     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10739     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10740 }
10741
10742 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10743 {
10744     wxArrayString lines;
10745     long w, h;
10746
10747     // Hide the edit control, so it
10748     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10749     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10750     {
10751         HideCellEditControl();
10752         SaveEditControlValue();
10753     }
10754
10755     // autosize row height depending on label text
10756     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10757     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10758     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10759     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10760         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10761     SetRowSize(row, h);
10762     ForceRefresh();
10763 }
10764
10765 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10766 {
10767     wxArrayString lines;
10768     long w, h;
10769
10770     // Hide the edit control, so it
10771     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10772     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10773     {
10774         HideCellEditControl();
10775         SaveEditControlValue();
10776     }
10777
10778     // autosize column width depending on label text
10779     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10780     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10781     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10782         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10783     else
10784         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10785     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10786         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10787     SetColSize(col, w);
10788     ForceRefresh();
10789 }
10790
10791 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10792 {
10793     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10794
10795     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10796     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10797     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10798                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10799     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10800                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10801
10802     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10803     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10804     // calculation.
10805     // CacheBestSize(size);
10806
10807     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10808             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10809 }
10810
10811 void wxGrid::Fit()
10812 {
10813     AutoSize();
10814 }
10815
10816 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10817 {
10818     return wxNullPen;
10819 }
10820
10821 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10822 // cell value accessor functions
10823 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10824
10825 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10826 {
10827     if ( m_table )
10828     {
10829         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10830         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10831         {
10832             int dummy;
10833             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10834             rect.x = 0;
10835             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10836             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10837             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10838         }
10839
10840         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10841              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10842              IsCellEditControlShown())
10843              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10844              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10845              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10846         {
10847             HideCellEditControl();
10848             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10849         }
10850     }
10851 }
10852
10853 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10854 // block, row and column selection
10855 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10856
10857 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10858 {
10859     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10860         ClearSelection();
10861
10862     if ( m_selection )
10863         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10864 }
10865
10866 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10867 {
10868     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10869         ClearSelection();
10870
10871     if ( m_selection )
10872         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10873 }
10874
10875 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10876                           bool addToSelected )
10877 {
10878     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10879         ClearSelection();
10880
10881     if ( m_selection )
10882         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10883                                   false, addToSelected );
10884 }
10885
10886 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10887 {
10888     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10889     {
10890         if ( m_selection )
10891             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10892     }
10893 }
10894
10895 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10896 // cell, row and col deselection
10897 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10898
10899 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10900 {
10901     if ( !m_selection )
10902         return;
10903
10904     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10905     {
10906         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10907             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10908     }
10909     else
10910     {
10911         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10912         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10913         {
10914             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10915                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10916         }
10917     }
10918 }
10919
10920 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10921 {
10922     if ( !m_selection )
10923         return;
10924
10925     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10926     {
10927         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10928             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10929     }
10930     else
10931     {
10932         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10933         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10934         {
10935             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10936                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10937         }
10938     }
10939 }
10940
10941 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10942 {
10943     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10944         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10945 }
10946
10947 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10948 {
10949     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10950              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10951                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10952 }
10953
10954 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10955 {
10956     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10957              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10958                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10959                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10960                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10961 }
10962
10963 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10964 {
10965     if (!m_selection)
10966     {
10967         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10968         return a;
10969     }
10970
10971     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10972 }
10973
10974 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10975 {
10976     if (!m_selection)
10977     {
10978         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10979         return a;
10980     }
10981
10982     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10983 }
10984
10985 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10986 {
10987     if (!m_selection)
10988     {
10989         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10990         return a;
10991     }
10992
10993     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10994 }
10995
10996 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10997 {
10998     if (!m_selection)
10999     {
11000         wxArrayInt a;
11001         return a;
11002     }
11003
11004     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11005 }
11006
11007 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11008 {
11009     if (!m_selection)
11010     {
11011         wxArrayInt a;
11012         return a;
11013     }
11014
11015     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11016 }
11017
11018 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11019 {
11020     m_selectingTopLeft =
11021     m_selectingBottomRight =
11022     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11023     if ( m_selection )
11024         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11025 }
11026
11027 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11028 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11029 //
11030 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11031                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11032 {
11033     wxRect resultRect;
11034     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11035     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11036     {
11037         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11038     }
11039     else
11040     {
11041         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11042     }
11043
11044     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11045     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11046     {
11047         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11048     }
11049     else
11050     {
11051         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11052         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11053     }
11054
11055     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11056     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11057     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11058     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11059     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11060
11061     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11062     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11063     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11064     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11065
11066     if (left > right)
11067     {
11068         int tmp = left;
11069         left = right;
11070         right = tmp;
11071
11072         tmp = leftCol;
11073         leftCol = rightCol;
11074         rightCol = tmp;
11075     }
11076
11077     if (top > bottom)
11078     {
11079         int tmp = top;
11080         top = bottom;
11081         bottom = tmp;
11082
11083         tmp = topRow;
11084         topRow = bottomRow;
11085         bottomRow = tmp;
11086     }
11087
11088     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11089     int cw, ch;
11090     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11091
11092     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11093     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11094     int gridOriginX = 0;
11095     int gridOriginY = 0;
11096     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11097
11098     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11099     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11100
11101     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11102     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11103
11104     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11105     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11106     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11107     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11108     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11109     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11110     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11111     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11112
11113     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11114     {
11115         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11116         {
11117             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11118                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11119             {
11120                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11121
11122                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11123                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11124                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11125                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11126                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11127                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11128                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11129                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11130             }
11131             else
11132             {
11133                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11134             }
11135         }
11136     }
11137
11138     // Convert to scrolled coords
11139     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11140     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11141
11142     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11143         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11144
11145     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11146     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11147     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11148     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11149
11150     return resultRect;
11151 }
11152
11153 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11154 // drop target
11155 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11156
11157 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11158
11159 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11160 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11161 {
11162     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11163 }
11164
11165 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11166
11167 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11168 // grid event classes
11169 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11170
11171 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11172
11173 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11174                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11175                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11176         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11177 {
11178     m_row = row;
11179     m_col = col;
11180     m_x = x;
11181     m_y = y;
11182     m_selecting = sel;
11183     m_control = control;
11184     m_shift = shift;
11185     m_alt = alt;
11186     m_meta = meta;
11187
11188     SetEventObject(obj);
11189 }
11190
11191
11192 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11193
11194 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11195                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11196                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11197         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11198 {
11199     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11200     m_x = x;
11201     m_y = y;
11202     m_control = control;
11203     m_shift = shift;
11204     m_alt = alt;
11205     m_meta = meta;
11206
11207     SetEventObject(obj);
11208 }
11209
11210
11211 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11212
11213 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11214                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11215                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11216                                                bool sel, bool control,
11217                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11218         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11219 {
11220     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11221     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11222     m_selecting = sel;
11223     m_control = control;
11224     m_shift = shift;
11225     m_alt = alt;
11226     m_meta = meta;
11227
11228     SetEventObject(obj);
11229 }
11230
11231
11232 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11233
11234 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11235                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11236                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11237     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11238 {
11239     SetEventObject(obj);
11240     m_row = row;
11241     m_col = col;
11242     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11243 }
11244
11245 #endif // wxUSE_GRID